Mode Setting Helper Functions¶
The DRM subsystem aims for a strong separation between core code and helper libraries. Core code takes care of general setup and teardown and decoding userspace requests to kernel internal objects. Everything else is handled by a large set of helper libraries, which can be combined freely to pick and choose for each driver what fits, and avoid shared code where special behaviour is needed.
This distinction between core code and helpers is especially strong in the modesetting code, where there’s a shared userspace ABI for all drivers. This is in contrast to the render side, where pretty much everything (with very few exceptions) can be considered optional helper code.
There are a few areas these helpers can grouped into:
- Helpers to implement modesetting. The important ones here are the atomic helpers. Old drivers still often use the legacy CRTC helpers. They both share the same set of common helper vtables. For really simple drivers (anything that would have been a great fit in the deprecated fbdev subsystem) there’s also the simple display pipe helpers.
- There’s a big pile of helpers for handling outputs. First the generic bridge helpers for handling encoder and transcoder IP blocks. Second the panel helpers for handling panel-related information and logic. Plus then a big set of helpers for the various sink standards (DisplayPort, HDMI, MIPI DSI). Finally there’s also generic helpers for handling output probing, and for dealing with EDIDs.
- The last group of helpers concerns itself with the frontend side of a display pipeline: Planes, handling rectangles for visibility checking and scissoring, flip queues and assorted bits.
Modeset Helper Reference for Common Vtables¶
The DRM mode setting helper functions are common code for drivers to use if they wish. Drivers are not forced to use this code in their implementations but it would be useful if the code they do use at least provides a consistent interface and operation to userspace. Therefore it is highly recommended to use the provided helpers as much as possible.
Because there is only one pointer per modeset object to hold a vfunc table for helper libraries they are by necessity shared among the different helpers.
To make this clear all the helper vtables are pulled together in this location here.
- 
struct drm_crtc_helper_funcs¶
- helper operations for CRTCs 
Definition
struct drm_crtc_helper_funcs {
  void (*dpms)(struct drm_crtc *crtc, int mode);
  void (*prepare)(struct drm_crtc *crtc);
  void (*commit)(struct drm_crtc *crtc);
  enum drm_mode_status (*mode_valid)(struct drm_crtc *crtc, const struct drm_display_mode *mode);
  bool (*mode_fixup)(struct drm_crtc *crtc,const struct drm_display_mode *mode, struct drm_display_mode *adjusted_mode);
  int (*mode_set)(struct drm_crtc *crtc, struct drm_display_mode *mode,struct drm_display_mode *adjusted_mode, int x, int y, struct drm_framebuffer *old_fb);
  void (*mode_set_nofb)(struct drm_crtc *crtc);
  int (*mode_set_base)(struct drm_crtc *crtc, int x, int y, struct drm_framebuffer *old_fb);
  int (*mode_set_base_atomic)(struct drm_crtc *crtc,struct drm_framebuffer *fb, int x, int y, enum mode_set_atomic);
  void (*disable)(struct drm_crtc *crtc);
  int (*atomic_check)(struct drm_crtc *crtc, struct drm_crtc_state *state);
  void (*atomic_begin)(struct drm_crtc *crtc, struct drm_crtc_state *old_crtc_state);
  void (*atomic_flush)(struct drm_crtc *crtc, struct drm_crtc_state *old_crtc_state);
  void (*atomic_enable)(struct drm_crtc *crtc, struct drm_crtc_state *old_crtc_state);
  void (*atomic_disable)(struct drm_crtc *crtc, struct drm_crtc_state *old_crtc_state);
};
Members
- dpms
- Callback to control power levels on the CRTC. If the mode passed in is unsupported, the provider must use the next lowest power level. This is used by the legacy CRTC helpers to implement DPMS functionality in - drm_helper_connector_dpms().- This callback is also used to disable a CRTC by calling it with DRM_MODE_DPMS_OFF if the disable hook isn’t used. - This callback is used by the legacy CRTC helpers. Atomic helpers also support using this hook for enabling and disabling a CRTC to facilitate transitions to atomic, but it is deprecated. Instead atomic_enable and atomic_disable should be used. 
- prepare
- This callback should prepare the CRTC for a subsequent modeset, which in practice means the driver should disable the CRTC if it is running. Most drivers ended up implementing this by calling their dpms hook with DRM_MODE_DPMS_OFF. - This callback is used by the legacy CRTC helpers. Atomic helpers also support using this hook for disabling a CRTC to facilitate transitions to atomic, but it is deprecated. Instead atomic_disable should be used. 
- commit
- This callback should commit the new mode on the CRTC after a modeset, which in practice means the driver should enable the CRTC. Most drivers ended up implementing this by calling their dpms hook with DRM_MODE_DPMS_ON. - This callback is used by the legacy CRTC helpers. Atomic helpers also support using this hook for enabling a CRTC to facilitate transitions to atomic, but it is deprecated. Instead atomic_enable should be used. 
- mode_valid
- This callback is used to check if a specific mode is valid in this crtc. This should be implemented if the crtc has some sort of restriction in the modes it can display. For example, a given crtc may be responsible to set a clock value. If the clock can not produce all the values for the available modes then this callback can be used to restrict the number of modes to only the ones that can be displayed. - This hook is used by the probe helpers to filter the mode list in - drm_helper_probe_single_connector_modes(), and it is used by the atomic helpers to validate modes supplied by userspace in- drm_atomic_helper_check_modeset().- This function is optional. - NOTE: - Since this function is both called from the check phase of an atomic commit, and the mode validation in the probe paths it is not allowed to look at anything else but the passed-in mode, and validate it against configuration-invariant hardward constraints. Any further limits which depend upon the configuration can only be checked in mode_fixup or atomic_check. - RETURNS: - drm_mode_status Enum 
- mode_fixup
- This callback is used to validate a mode. The parameter mode is the display mode that userspace requested, adjusted_mode is the mode the encoders need to be fed with. Note that this is the inverse semantics of the meaning for the - drm_encoderand- drm_bridge_funcs.mode_fixupvfunc. If the CRTC cannot support the requested conversion from mode to adjusted_mode it should reject the modeset. See also- drm_crtc_state.adjusted_modefor more details.- This function is used by both legacy CRTC helpers and atomic helpers. With atomic helpers it is optional. - NOTE: - This function is called in the check phase of atomic modesets, which can be aborted for any reason (including on userspace’s request to just check whether a configuration would be possible). Atomic drivers MUST NOT touch any persistent state (hardware or software) or data structures except the passed in adjusted_mode parameter. - This is in contrast to the legacy CRTC helpers where this was allowed. - Atomic drivers which need to inspect and adjust more state should instead use the atomic_check callback, but note that they’re not perfectly equivalent: mode_valid is called from - drm_atomic_helper_check_modeset(), but atomic_check is called from- drm_atomic_helper_check_planes(), because originally it was meant for plane update checks only.- Also beware that userspace can request its own custom modes, neither core nor helpers filter modes to the list of probe modes reported by the GETCONNECTOR IOCTL and stored in - drm_connector.modes. To ensure that modes are filtered consistently put any CRTC constraints and limits checks into mode_valid.- RETURNS: - True if an acceptable configuration is possible, false if the modeset operation should be rejected. 
- mode_set
- This callback is used by the legacy CRTC helpers to set a new mode, position and framebuffer. Since it ties the primary plane to every mode change it is incompatible with universal plane support. And since it can’t update other planes it’s incompatible with atomic modeset support. - This callback is only used by CRTC helpers and deprecated. - RETURNS: - 0 on success or a negative error code on failure. 
- mode_set_nofb
- This callback is used to update the display mode of a CRTC without changing anything of the primary plane configuration. This fits the requirement of atomic and hence is used by the atomic helpers. It is also used by the transitional plane helpers to implement a mode_set hook in drm_helper_crtc_mode_set(). - Note that the display pipe is completely off when this function is called. Atomic drivers which need hardware to be running before they program the new display mode (e.g. because they implement runtime PM) should not use this hook. This is because the helper library calls this hook only once per mode change and not every time the display pipeline is suspended using either DPMS or the new “ACTIVE” property. Which means register values set in this callback might get reset when the CRTC is suspended, but not restored. Such drivers should instead move all their CRTC setup into the atomic_enable callback. - This callback is optional. 
- mode_set_base
- This callback is used by the legacy CRTC helpers to set a new framebuffer and scanout position. It is optional and used as an optimized fast-path instead of a full mode set operation with all the resulting flickering. If it is not present - drm_crtc_helper_set_config()will fall back to a full modeset, using the mode_set callback. Since it can’t update other planes it’s incompatible with atomic modeset support.- This callback is only used by the CRTC helpers and deprecated. - RETURNS: - 0 on success or a negative error code on failure. 
- mode_set_base_atomic
- This callback is used by the fbdev helpers to set a new framebuffer and scanout without sleeping, i.e. from an atomic calling context. It is only used to implement kgdb support. - This callback is optional and only needed for kgdb support in the fbdev helpers. - RETURNS: - 0 on success or a negative error code on failure. 
- disable
- This callback should be used to disable the CRTC. With the atomic drivers it is called after all encoders connected to this CRTC have been shut off already using their own - drm_encoder_helper_funcs.disablehook. If that sequence is too simple drivers can just add their own hooks and call it from this CRTC callback here by looping over all encoders connected to it using for_each_encoder_on_crtc().- This hook is used both by legacy CRTC helpers and atomic helpers. Atomic drivers don’t need to implement it if there’s no need to disable anything at the CRTC level. To ensure that runtime PM handling (using either DPMS or the new “ACTIVE” property) works disable must be the inverse of atomic_enable for atomic drivers. Atomic drivers should consider to use atomic_disable instead of this one. - NOTE: - With legacy CRTC helpers there’s a big semantic difference between disable and other hooks (like prepare or dpms) used to shut down a CRTC: disable is only called when also logically disabling the display pipeline and needs to release any resources acquired in mode_set (like shared PLLs, or again release pinned framebuffers). - Therefore disable must be the inverse of mode_set plus commit for drivers still using legacy CRTC helpers, which is different from the rules under atomic. 
- atomic_check
- Drivers should check plane-update related CRTC constraints in this hook. They can also check mode related limitations but need to be aware of the calling order, since this hook is used by - drm_atomic_helper_check_planes()whereas the preparations needed to check output routing and the display mode is done in- drm_atomic_helper_check_modeset(). Therefore drivers that want to check output routing and display mode constraints in this callback must ensure that- drm_atomic_helper_check_modeset()has been called beforehand. This is calling order used by the default helper implementation in- drm_atomic_helper_check().- When using - drm_atomic_helper_check_planes()this hook is called after the- drm_plane_helper_funcs.atomic_checkhook for planes, which allows drivers to assign shared resources requested by planes in this callback here. For more complicated dependencies the driver can call the provided check helpers multiple times until the computed state has a final configuration and everything has been checked.- This function is also allowed to inspect any other object’s state and can add more state objects to the atomic commit if needed. Care must be taken though to ensure that state check and compute functions for these added states are all called, and derived state in other objects all updated. Again the recommendation is to just call check helpers until a maximal configuration is reached. - This callback is used by the atomic modeset helpers and by the transitional plane helpers, but it is optional. - NOTE: - This function is called in the check phase of an atomic update. The driver is not allowed to change anything outside of the free-standing state objects passed-in or assembled in the overall - drm_atomic_stateupdate tracking structure.- Also beware that userspace can request its own custom modes, neither core nor helpers filter modes to the list of probe modes reported by the GETCONNECTOR IOCTL and stored in - drm_connector.modes. To ensure that modes are filtered consistently put any CRTC constraints and limits checks into mode_valid.- RETURNS: - 0 on success, -EINVAL if the state or the transition can’t be supported, -ENOMEM on memory allocation failure and -EDEADLK if an attempt to obtain another state object ran into a - drm_modeset_lockdeadlock.
- atomic_begin
- Drivers should prepare for an atomic update of multiple planes on a CRTC in this hook. Depending upon hardware this might be vblank evasion, blocking updates by setting bits or doing preparatory work for e.g. manual update display. - This hook is called before any plane commit functions are called. - Note that the power state of the display pipe when this function is called depends upon the exact helpers and calling sequence the driver has picked. See - drm_atomic_helper_commit_planes()for a discussion of the tradeoffs and variants of plane commit helpers.- This callback is used by the atomic modeset helpers and by the transitional plane helpers, but it is optional. 
- atomic_flush
- Drivers should finalize an atomic update of multiple planes on a CRTC in this hook. Depending upon hardware this might include checking that vblank evasion was successful, unblocking updates by setting bits or setting the GO bit to flush out all updates. - Simple hardware or hardware with special requirements can commit and flush out all updates for all planes from this hook and forgo all the other commit hooks for plane updates. - This hook is called after any plane commit functions are called. - Note that the power state of the display pipe when this function is called depends upon the exact helpers and calling sequence the driver has picked. See - drm_atomic_helper_commit_planes()for a discussion of the tradeoffs and variants of plane commit helpers.- This callback is used by the atomic modeset helpers and by the transitional plane helpers, but it is optional. 
- atomic_enable
- This callback should be used to enable the CRTC. With the atomic drivers it is called before all encoders connected to this CRTC are enabled through the encoder’s own - drm_encoder_helper_funcs.enablehook. If that sequence is too simple drivers can just add their own hooks and call it from this CRTC callback here by looping over all encoders connected to it using for_each_encoder_on_crtc().- This hook is used only by atomic helpers, for symmetry with atomic_disable. Atomic drivers don’t need to implement it if there’s no need to enable anything at the CRTC level. To ensure that runtime PM handling (using either DPMS or the new “ACTIVE” property) works atomic_enable must be the inverse of atomic_disable for atomic drivers. - Drivers can use the old_crtc_state input parameter if the operations needed to enable the CRTC don’t depend solely on the new state but also on the transition between the old state and the new state. - This function is optional. 
- atomic_disable
- This callback should be used to disable the CRTC. With the atomic drivers it is called after all encoders connected to this CRTC have been shut off already using their own - drm_encoder_helper_funcs.disablehook. If that sequence is too simple drivers can just add their own hooks and call it from this CRTC callback here by looping over all encoders connected to it using for_each_encoder_on_crtc().- This hook is used only by atomic helpers. Atomic drivers don’t need to implement it if there’s no need to disable anything at the CRTC level. - Comparing to disable, this one provides the additional input parameter old_crtc_state which could be used to access the old state. Atomic drivers should consider to use this one instead of disable. - This function is optional. 
Description
These hooks are used by the legacy CRTC helpers, the transitional plane helpers and the new atomic modesetting helpers.
- 
void drm_crtc_helper_add(struct drm_crtc * crtc, const struct drm_crtc_helper_funcs * funcs)¶
- sets the helper vtable for a crtc 
Parameters
- struct drm_crtc * crtc
- DRM CRTC
- const struct drm_crtc_helper_funcs * funcs
- helper vtable to set for crtc
- 
struct drm_encoder_helper_funcs¶
- helper operations for encoders 
Definition
struct drm_encoder_helper_funcs {
  void (*dpms)(struct drm_encoder *encoder, int mode);
  enum drm_mode_status (*mode_valid)(struct drm_encoder *crtc, const struct drm_display_mode *mode);
  bool (*mode_fixup)(struct drm_encoder *encoder,const struct drm_display_mode *mode, struct drm_display_mode *adjusted_mode);
  void (*prepare)(struct drm_encoder *encoder);
  void (*commit)(struct drm_encoder *encoder);
  void (*mode_set)(struct drm_encoder *encoder,struct drm_display_mode *mode, struct drm_display_mode *adjusted_mode);
  void (*atomic_mode_set)(struct drm_encoder *encoder,struct drm_crtc_state *crtc_state, struct drm_connector_state *conn_state);
  struct drm_crtc *(*get_crtc)(struct drm_encoder *encoder);
  enum drm_connector_status (*detect)(struct drm_encoder *encoder, struct drm_connector *connector);
  void (*atomic_disable)(struct drm_encoder *encoder, struct drm_atomic_state *state);
  void (*atomic_enable)(struct drm_encoder *encoder, struct drm_atomic_state *state);
  void (*disable)(struct drm_encoder *encoder);
  void (*enable)(struct drm_encoder *encoder);
  int (*atomic_check)(struct drm_encoder *encoder,struct drm_crtc_state *crtc_state, struct drm_connector_state *conn_state);
};
Members
- dpms
- Callback to control power levels on the encoder. If the mode passed in is unsupported, the provider must use the next lowest power level. This is used by the legacy encoder helpers to implement DPMS functionality in - drm_helper_connector_dpms().- This callback is also used to disable an encoder by calling it with DRM_MODE_DPMS_OFF if the disable hook isn’t used. - This callback is used by the legacy CRTC helpers. Atomic helpers also support using this hook for enabling and disabling an encoder to facilitate transitions to atomic, but it is deprecated. Instead enable and disable should be used. 
- mode_valid
- This callback is used to check if a specific mode is valid in this encoder. This should be implemented if the encoder has some sort of restriction in the modes it can display. For example, a given encoder may be responsible to set a clock value. If the clock can not produce all the values for the available modes then this callback can be used to restrict the number of modes to only the ones that can be displayed. - This hook is used by the probe helpers to filter the mode list in - drm_helper_probe_single_connector_modes(), and it is used by the atomic helpers to validate modes supplied by userspace in- drm_atomic_helper_check_modeset().- This function is optional. - NOTE: - Since this function is both called from the check phase of an atomic commit, and the mode validation in the probe paths it is not allowed to look at anything else but the passed-in mode, and validate it against configuration-invariant hardward constraints. Any further limits which depend upon the configuration can only be checked in mode_fixup or atomic_check. - RETURNS: - drm_mode_status Enum 
- mode_fixup
- This callback is used to validate and adjust a mode. The parameter mode is the display mode that should be fed to the next element in the display chain, either the final - drm_connectoror a- drm_bridge. The parameter adjusted_mode is the input mode the encoder requires. It can be modified by this callback and does not need to match mode. See also- drm_crtc_state.adjusted_modefor more details.- This function is used by both legacy CRTC helpers and atomic helpers. This hook is optional. - NOTE: - This function is called in the check phase of atomic modesets, which can be aborted for any reason (including on userspace’s request to just check whether a configuration would be possible). Atomic drivers MUST NOT touch any persistent state (hardware or software) or data structures except the passed in adjusted_mode parameter. - This is in contrast to the legacy CRTC helpers where this was allowed. - Atomic drivers which need to inspect and adjust more state should instead use the atomic_check callback. If atomic_check is used, this hook isn’t called since atomic_check allows a strict superset of the functionality of mode_fixup. - Also beware that userspace can request its own custom modes, neither core nor helpers filter modes to the list of probe modes reported by the GETCONNECTOR IOCTL and stored in - drm_connector.modes. To ensure that modes are filtered consistently put any encoder constraints and limits checks into mode_valid.- RETURNS: - True if an acceptable configuration is possible, false if the modeset operation should be rejected. 
- prepare
- This callback should prepare the encoder for a subsequent modeset, which in practice means the driver should disable the encoder if it is running. Most drivers ended up implementing this by calling their dpms hook with DRM_MODE_DPMS_OFF. - This callback is used by the legacy CRTC helpers. Atomic helpers also support using this hook for disabling an encoder to facilitate transitions to atomic, but it is deprecated. Instead disable should be used. 
- commit
- This callback should commit the new mode on the encoder after a modeset, which in practice means the driver should enable the encoder. Most drivers ended up implementing this by calling their dpms hook with DRM_MODE_DPMS_ON. - This callback is used by the legacy CRTC helpers. Atomic helpers also support using this hook for enabling an encoder to facilitate transitions to atomic, but it is deprecated. Instead enable should be used. 
- mode_set
- This callback is used to update the display mode of an encoder. - Note that the display pipe is completely off when this function is called. Drivers which need hardware to be running before they program the new display mode (because they implement runtime PM) should not use this hook, because the helper library calls it only once and not every time the display pipeline is suspend using either DPMS or the new “ACTIVE” property. Such drivers should instead move all their encoder setup into the enable callback. - This callback is used both by the legacy CRTC helpers and the atomic modeset helpers. It is optional in the atomic helpers. - NOTE: - If the driver uses the atomic modeset helpers and needs to inspect the connector state or connector display info during mode setting, atomic_mode_set can be used instead. 
- atomic_mode_set
- This callback is used to update the display mode of an encoder. - Note that the display pipe is completely off when this function is called. Drivers which need hardware to be running before they program the new display mode (because they implement runtime PM) should not use this hook, because the helper library calls it only once and not every time the display pipeline is suspended using either DPMS or the new “ACTIVE” property. Such drivers should instead move all their encoder setup into the enable callback. - This callback is used by the atomic modeset helpers in place of the mode_set callback, if set by the driver. It is optional and should be used instead of mode_set if the driver needs to inspect the connector state or display info, since there is no direct way to go from the encoder to the current connector. 
- get_crtc
- This callback is used by the legacy CRTC helpers to work around deficiencies in its own book-keeping. - Do not use, use atomic helpers instead, which get the book keeping right. - FIXME: - Currently only nouveau is using this, and as soon as nouveau is atomic we can ditch this hook. 
- detect
- This callback can be used by drivers who want to do detection on the encoder object instead of in connector functions. - It is not used by any helper and therefore has purely driver-specific semantics. New drivers shouldn’t use this and instead just implement their own private callbacks. - FIXME: - This should just be converted into a pile of driver vfuncs. Currently radeon, amdgpu and nouveau are using it. 
- atomic_disable
- This callback should be used to disable the encoder. With the atomic drivers it is called before this encoder’s CRTC has been shut off using their own - drm_crtc_helper_funcs.atomic_disablehook. If that sequence is too simple drivers can just add their own driver private encoder hooks and call them from CRTC’s callback by looping over all encoders connected to it using for_each_encoder_on_crtc().- This callback is a variant of disable that provides the atomic state to the driver. If atomic_disable is implemented, disable is not called by the helpers. - This hook is only used by atomic helpers. Atomic drivers don’t need to implement it if there’s no need to disable anything at the encoder level. To ensure that runtime PM handling (using either DPMS or the new “ACTIVE” property) works atomic_disable must be the inverse of atomic_enable. 
- atomic_enable
- This callback should be used to enable the encoder. It is called after this encoder’s CRTC has been enabled using their own - drm_crtc_helper_funcs.atomic_enablehook. If that sequence is too simple drivers can just add their own driver private encoder hooks and call them from CRTC’s callback by looping over all encoders connected to it using for_each_encoder_on_crtc().- This callback is a variant of enable that provides the atomic state to the driver. If atomic_enable is implemented, enable is not called by the helpers. - This hook is only used by atomic helpers, it is the opposite of atomic_disable. Atomic drivers don’t need to implement it if there’s no need to enable anything at the encoder level. To ensure that runtime PM handling works atomic_enable must be the inverse of atomic_disable. 
- disable
- This callback should be used to disable the encoder. With the atomic drivers it is called before this encoder’s CRTC has been shut off using their own - drm_crtc_helper_funcs.disablehook. If that sequence is too simple drivers can just add their own driver private encoder hooks and call them from CRTC’s callback by looping over all encoders connected to it using for_each_encoder_on_crtc().- This hook is used both by legacy CRTC helpers and atomic helpers. Atomic drivers don’t need to implement it if there’s no need to disable anything at the encoder level. To ensure that runtime PM handling (using either DPMS or the new “ACTIVE” property) works disable must be the inverse of enable for atomic drivers. - For atomic drivers also consider atomic_disable and save yourself from having to read the NOTE below! - NOTE: - With legacy CRTC helpers there’s a big semantic difference between disable and other hooks (like prepare or dpms) used to shut down a encoder: disable is only called when also logically disabling the display pipeline and needs to release any resources acquired in mode_set (like shared PLLs, or again release pinned framebuffers). - Therefore disable must be the inverse of mode_set plus commit for drivers still using legacy CRTC helpers, which is different from the rules under atomic. 
- enable
- This callback should be used to enable the encoder. With the atomic drivers it is called after this encoder’s CRTC has been enabled using their own - drm_crtc_helper_funcs.enablehook. If that sequence is too simple drivers can just add their own driver private encoder hooks and call them from CRTC’s callback by looping over all encoders connected to it using for_each_encoder_on_crtc().- This hook is only used by atomic helpers, it is the opposite of disable. Atomic drivers don’t need to implement it if there’s no need to enable anything at the encoder level. To ensure that runtime PM handling (using either DPMS or the new “ACTIVE” property) works enable must be the inverse of disable for atomic drivers. 
- atomic_check
- This callback is used to validate encoder state for atomic drivers. Since the encoder is the object connecting the CRTC and connector it gets passed both states, to be able to validate interactions and update the CRTC to match what the encoder needs for the requested connector. - Since this provides a strict superset of the functionality of mode_fixup (the requested and adjusted modes are both available through the passed in - struct drm_crtc_state) mode_fixup is not called when atomic_check is implemented.- This function is used by the atomic helpers, but it is optional. - NOTE: - This function is called in the check phase of an atomic update. The driver is not allowed to change anything outside of the free-standing state objects passed-in or assembled in the overall - drm_atomic_stateupdate tracking structure.- Also beware that userspace can request its own custom modes, neither core nor helpers filter modes to the list of probe modes reported by the GETCONNECTOR IOCTL and stored in - drm_connector.modes. To ensure that modes are filtered consistently put any encoder constraints and limits checks into mode_valid.- RETURNS: - 0 on success, -EINVAL if the state or the transition can’t be supported, -ENOMEM on memory allocation failure and -EDEADLK if an attempt to obtain another state object ran into a - drm_modeset_lockdeadlock.
Description
These hooks are used by the legacy CRTC helpers, the transitional plane helpers and the new atomic modesetting helpers.
- 
void drm_encoder_helper_add(struct drm_encoder * encoder, const struct drm_encoder_helper_funcs * funcs)¶
- sets the helper vtable for an encoder 
Parameters
- struct drm_encoder * encoder
- DRM encoder
- const struct drm_encoder_helper_funcs * funcs
- helper vtable to set for encoder
- 
struct drm_connector_helper_funcs¶
- helper operations for connectors 
Definition
struct drm_connector_helper_funcs {
  int (*get_modes)(struct drm_connector *connector);
  int (*detect_ctx)(struct drm_connector *connector,struct drm_modeset_acquire_ctx *ctx, bool force);
  enum drm_mode_status (*mode_valid)(struct drm_connector *connector, struct drm_display_mode *mode);
  struct drm_encoder *(*best_encoder)(struct drm_connector *connector);
  struct drm_encoder *(*atomic_best_encoder)(struct drm_connector *connector, struct drm_connector_state *connector_state);
  int (*atomic_check)(struct drm_connector *connector, struct drm_atomic_state *state);
  void (*atomic_commit)(struct drm_connector *connector, struct drm_connector_state *state);
  int (*prepare_writeback_job)(struct drm_writeback_connector *connector, struct drm_writeback_job *job);
  void (*cleanup_writeback_job)(struct drm_writeback_connector *connector, struct drm_writeback_job *job);
};
Members
- get_modes
- This function should fill in all modes currently valid for the sink into the - drm_connector.probed_modeslist. It should also update the EDID property by calling- drm_connector_update_edid_property().- The usual way to implement this is to cache the EDID retrieved in the probe callback somewhere in the driver-private connector structure. In this function drivers then parse the modes in the EDID and add them by calling - drm_add_edid_modes(). But connectors that driver a fixed panel can also manually add specific modes using- drm_mode_probed_add(). Drivers which manually add modes should also make sure that the- drm_connector.display_info,- drm_connector.width_mmand- drm_connector.height_mmfields are filled in.- Virtual drivers that just want some standard VESA mode with a given resolution can call - drm_add_modes_noedid(), and mark the preferred one using- drm_set_preferred_mode().- This function is only called after the detect hook has indicated that a sink is connected and when the EDID isn’t overridden through sysfs or the kernel commandline. - This callback is used by the probe helpers in e.g. - drm_helper_probe_single_connector_modes().- To avoid races with concurrent connector state updates, the helper libraries always call this with the - drm_mode_config.connection_mutexheld. Because of this it’s safe to inspect- drm_connector->state.- RETURNS: - The number of modes added by calling - drm_mode_probed_add().
- detect_ctx
- Check to see if anything is attached to the connector. The parameter force is set to false whilst polling, true when checking the connector due to a user request. force can be used by the driver to avoid expensive, destructive operations during automated probing. - This callback is optional, if not implemented the connector will be considered as always being attached. - This is the atomic version of - drm_connector_funcs.detect.- To avoid races against concurrent connector state updates, the helper libraries always call this with ctx set to a valid context, and - drm_mode_config.connection_mutexwill always be locked with the ctx parameter set to this ctx. This allows taking additional locks as required.- RETURNS: - drm_connector_statusindicating the connector’s status, or the error code returned by- drm_modeset_lock(), -EDEADLK.
- mode_valid
- Callback to validate a mode for a connector, irrespective of the specific display configuration. - This callback is used by the probe helpers to filter the mode list (which is usually derived from the EDID data block from the sink). See e.g. - drm_helper_probe_single_connector_modes().- This function is optional. - NOTE: - This only filters the mode list supplied to userspace in the GETCONNECTOR IOCTL. Compared to - drm_encoder_helper_funcs.mode_valid,- drm_crtc_helper_funcs.mode_validand- drm_bridge_funcs.mode_valid, which are also called by the atomic helpers from- drm_atomic_helper_check_modeset(). This allows userspace to force and ignore sink constraint (like the pixel clock limits in the screen’s EDID), which is useful for e.g. testing, or working around a broken EDID. Any source hardware constraint (which always need to be enforced) therefore should be checked in one of the above callbacks, and not this one here.- To avoid races with concurrent connector state updates, the helper libraries always call this with the - drm_mode_config.connection_mutexheld. Because of this it’s safe to inspect- drm_connector->state.- RETURNS: - Either - drm_mode_status.MODE_OKor one of the failure reasons in- enum drm_mode_status.
- best_encoder
- This function should select the best encoder for the given connector. - This function is used by both the atomic helpers (in the - drm_atomic_helper_check_modeset()function) and in the legacy CRTC helpers.- NOTE: - In atomic drivers this function is called in the check phase of an atomic update. The driver is not allowed to change or inspect anything outside of arguments passed-in. Atomic drivers which need to inspect dynamic configuration state should instead use atomic_best_encoder. - You can leave this function to NULL if the connector is only attached to a single encoder. In this case, the core will call drm_connector_get_single_encoder() for you. - RETURNS: - Encoder that should be used for the given connector and connector state, or NULL if no suitable encoder exists. Note that the helpers will ensure that encoders aren’t used twice, drivers should not check for this. 
- atomic_best_encoder
- This is the atomic version of best_encoder for atomic drivers which need to select the best encoder depending upon the desired configuration and can’t select it statically. - This function is used by - drm_atomic_helper_check_modeset(). If it is not implemented, the core will fallback to best_encoder (or drm_connector_get_single_encoder() if best_encoder is NULL).- NOTE: - This function is called in the check phase of an atomic update. The driver is not allowed to change anything outside of the free-standing state objects passed-in or assembled in the overall - drm_atomic_stateupdate tracking structure.- RETURNS: - Encoder that should be used for the given connector and connector state, or NULL if no suitable encoder exists. Note that the helpers will ensure that encoders aren’t used twice, drivers should not check for this. 
- atomic_check
- This hook is used to validate connector state. This function is called from - drm_atomic_helper_check_modeset, and is called when a connector property is set, or a modeset on the crtc is forced.- Because - drm_atomic_helper_check_modesetmay be called multiple times, this function should handle being called multiple times as well.- This function is also allowed to inspect any other object’s state and can add more state objects to the atomic commit if needed. Care must be taken though to ensure that state check and compute functions for these added states are all called, and derived state in other objects all updated. Again the recommendation is to just call check helpers until a maximal configuration is reached. - NOTE: - This function is called in the check phase of an atomic update. The driver is not allowed to change anything outside of the free-standing state objects passed-in or assembled in the overall - drm_atomic_stateupdate tracking structure.- RETURNS: - 0 on success, -EINVAL if the state or the transition can’t be supported, -ENOMEM on memory allocation failure and -EDEADLK if an attempt to obtain another state object ran into a - drm_modeset_lockdeadlock.
- atomic_commit
- This hook is to be used by drivers implementing writeback connectors that need a point when to commit the writeback job to the hardware. The writeback_job to commit is available in - drm_connector_state.writeback_job.- This hook is optional. - This callback is used by the atomic modeset helpers. 
Description
These functions are used by the atomic and legacy modeset helpers and by the probe helpers.
- 
void drm_connector_helper_add(struct drm_connector * connector, const struct drm_connector_helper_funcs * funcs)¶
- sets the helper vtable for a connector 
Parameters
- struct drm_connector * connector
- DRM connector
- const struct drm_connector_helper_funcs * funcs
- helper vtable to set for connector
- 
struct drm_plane_helper_funcs¶
- helper operations for planes 
Definition
struct drm_plane_helper_funcs {
  int (*prepare_fb)(struct drm_plane *plane, struct drm_plane_state *new_state);
  void (*cleanup_fb)(struct drm_plane *plane, struct drm_plane_state *old_state);
  int (*atomic_check)(struct drm_plane *plane, struct drm_plane_state *state);
  void (*atomic_update)(struct drm_plane *plane, struct drm_plane_state *old_state);
  void (*atomic_disable)(struct drm_plane *plane, struct drm_plane_state *old_state);
  int (*atomic_async_check)(struct drm_plane *plane, struct drm_plane_state *state);
  void (*atomic_async_update)(struct drm_plane *plane, struct drm_plane_state *new_state);
};
Members
- prepare_fb
- This hook is to prepare a framebuffer for scanout by e.g. pinning its backing storage or relocating it into a contiguous block of VRAM. Other possible preparatory work includes flushing caches. - This function must not block for outstanding rendering, since it is called in the context of the atomic IOCTL even for async commits to be able to return any errors to userspace. Instead the recommended way is to fill out the - drm_plane_state.fenceof the passed-in- drm_plane_state. If the driver doesn’t support native fences then equivalent functionality should be implemented through private members in the plane structure.- Drivers which always have their buffers pinned should use - drm_gem_fb_prepare_fb()for this hook.- The helpers will call cleanup_fb with matching arguments for every successful call to this hook. - This callback is used by the atomic modeset helpers and by the transitional plane helpers, but it is optional. - RETURNS: - 0 on success or one of the following negative error codes allowed by the - drm_mode_config_funcs.atomic_commitvfunc. When using helpers this callback is the only one which can fail an atomic commit, everything else must complete successfully.
- cleanup_fb
- This hook is called to clean up any resources allocated for the given framebuffer and plane configuration in prepare_fb. - This callback is used by the atomic modeset helpers and by the transitional plane helpers, but it is optional. 
- atomic_check
- Drivers should check plane specific constraints in this hook. - When using - drm_atomic_helper_check_planes()plane’s atomic_check hooks are called before the ones for CRTCs, which allows drivers to request shared resources that the CRTC controls here. For more complicated dependencies the driver can call the provided check helpers multiple times until the computed state has a final configuration and everything has been checked.- This function is also allowed to inspect any other object’s state and can add more state objects to the atomic commit if needed. Care must be taken though to ensure that state check and compute functions for these added states are all called, and derived state in other objects all updated. Again the recommendation is to just call check helpers until a maximal configuration is reached. - This callback is used by the atomic modeset helpers and by the transitional plane helpers, but it is optional. - NOTE: - This function is called in the check phase of an atomic update. The driver is not allowed to change anything outside of the free-standing state objects passed-in or assembled in the overall - drm_atomic_stateupdate tracking structure.- RETURNS: - 0 on success, -EINVAL if the state or the transition can’t be supported, -ENOMEM on memory allocation failure and -EDEADLK if an attempt to obtain another state object ran into a - drm_modeset_lockdeadlock.
- atomic_update
- Drivers should use this function to update the plane state. This hook is called in-between the - drm_crtc_helper_funcs.atomic_beginand drm_crtc_helper_funcs.atomic_flush callbacks.- Note that the power state of the display pipe when this function is called depends upon the exact helpers and calling sequence the driver has picked. See - drm_atomic_helper_commit_planes()for a discussion of the tradeoffs and variants of plane commit helpers.- This callback is used by the atomic modeset helpers and by the transitional plane helpers, but it is optional. 
- atomic_disable
- Drivers should use this function to unconditionally disable a plane. This hook is called in-between the - drm_crtc_helper_funcs.atomic_beginand drm_crtc_helper_funcs.atomic_flush callbacks. It is an alternative to atomic_update, which will be called for disabling planes, too, if the atomic_disable hook isn’t implemented.- This hook is also useful to disable planes in preparation of a modeset, by calling - drm_atomic_helper_disable_planes_on_crtc()from the- drm_crtc_helper_funcs.disablehook.- Note that the power state of the display pipe when this function is called depends upon the exact helpers and calling sequence the driver has picked. See - drm_atomic_helper_commit_planes()for a discussion of the tradeoffs and variants of plane commit helpers.- This callback is used by the atomic modeset helpers and by the transitional plane helpers, but it is optional. 
- atomic_async_check
- Drivers should set this function pointer to check if the plane state can be updated in a async fashion. Here async means “not vblank synchronized”. - This hook is called by drm_atomic_async_check() to establish if a given update can be committed asynchronously, that is, if it can jump ahead of the state currently queued for update. - RETURNS: - Return 0 on success and any error returned indicates that the update can not be applied in asynchronous manner. 
- atomic_async_update
- Drivers should set this function pointer to perform asynchronous updates of planes, that is, jump ahead of the currently queued state and update the plane. Here async means “not vblank synchronized”. - This hook is called by - drm_atomic_helper_async_commit().- An async update will happen on legacy cursor updates. An async update won’t happen if there is an outstanding commit modifying the same plane. - Note that unlike - drm_plane_helper_funcs.atomic_updatethis hook takes the new- drm_plane_stateas parameter. When doing async_update drivers shouldn’t replace the- drm_plane_statebut update the current one with the new plane configurations in the new plane_state.- Drivers should also swap the framebuffers between current plane state ( - drm_plane.state) and new_state. This is required since cleanup for async commits is performed on the new state, rather than old state like for traditional commits. Since we want to give up the reference on the current (old) fb instead of our brand new one, swap them in the driver during the async commit.- FIXME:
- It only works for single plane updates
- Async Pageflips are not supported yet
- Some hw might still scan out the old buffer until the next vblank, however we let go of the fb references as soon as we run this hook. For now drivers must implement their own workers for deferring if needed, until a common solution is created.
 
 
Description
These functions are used by the atomic helpers and by the transitional plane helpers.
- 
void drm_plane_helper_add(struct drm_plane * plane, const struct drm_plane_helper_funcs * funcs)¶
- sets the helper vtable for a plane 
Parameters
- struct drm_plane * plane
- DRM plane
- const struct drm_plane_helper_funcs * funcs
- helper vtable to set for plane
- 
struct drm_mode_config_helper_funcs¶
- global modeset helper operations 
Definition
struct drm_mode_config_helper_funcs {
  void (*atomic_commit_tail)(struct drm_atomic_state *state);
};
Members
- atomic_commit_tail
- This hook is used by the default atomic_commit() hook implemented in - drm_atomic_helper_commit()together with the nonblocking commit helpers (see- drm_atomic_helper_setup_commit()for a starting point) to implement blocking and nonblocking commits easily. It is not used by the atomic helpers- This function is called when the new atomic state has already been swapped into the various state pointers. The passed in state therefore contains copies of the old/previous state. This hook should commit the new state into hardware. Note that the helpers have already waited for preceeding atomic commits and fences, but drivers can add more waiting calls at the start of their implementation, e.g. to wait for driver-internal request for implicit syncing, before starting to commit the update to the hardware. - After the atomic update is committed to the hardware this hook needs to call - drm_atomic_helper_commit_hw_done(). Then wait for the upate to be executed by the hardware, for example using- drm_atomic_helper_wait_for_vblanks()or- drm_atomic_helper_wait_for_flip_done(), and then clean up the old framebuffers using- drm_atomic_helper_cleanup_planes().- When disabling a CRTC this hook _must_ stall for the commit to complete. Vblank waits don’t work on disabled CRTC, hence the core can’t take care of this. And it also can’t rely on the vblank event, since that can be signalled already when the screen shows black, which can happen much earlier than the last hardware access needed to shut off the display pipeline completely. - This hook is optional, the default implementation is - drm_atomic_helper_commit_tail().
Description
These helper functions are used by the atomic helpers.
Atomic Modeset Helper Functions Reference¶
Overview¶
This helper library provides implementations of check and commit functions on top of the CRTC modeset helper callbacks and the plane helper callbacks. It also provides convenience implementations for the atomic state handling callbacks for drivers which don’t need to subclass the drm core structures to add their own additional internal state.
This library also provides default implementations for the check callback in
drm_atomic_helper_check() and for the commit callback with
drm_atomic_helper_commit(). But the individual stages and callbacks are
exposed to allow drivers to mix and match and e.g. use the plane helpers only
together with a driver private modeset implementation.
This library also provides implementations for all the legacy driver
interfaces on top of the atomic interface. See drm_atomic_helper_set_config(),
drm_atomic_helper_disable_plane(), drm_atomic_helper_disable_plane() and the
various functions to implement set_property callbacks. New drivers must not
implement these functions themselves but must use the provided helpers.
The atomic helper uses the same function table structures as all other
modesetting helpers. See the documentation for struct drm_crtc_helper_funcs,
struct drm_encoder_helper_funcs and struct drm_connector_helper_funcs. It
also shares the struct drm_plane_helper_funcs function table with the plane
helpers.
Implementing Asynchronous Atomic Commit¶
Nonblocking atomic commits have to be implemented in the following sequence:
1. Run drm_atomic_helper_prepare_planes() first. This is the only function
which commit needs to call which can fail, so we want to run it first and
synchronously.
2. Synchronize with any outstanding nonblocking commit worker threads which might be affected the new state update. This can be done by either cancelling or flushing the work items, depending upon whether the driver can deal with cancelled updates. Note that it is important to ensure that the framebuffer cleanup is still done when cancelling.
Asynchronous workers need to have sufficient parallelism to be able to run
different atomic commits on different CRTCs in parallel. The simplest way to
achieve this is by running them on the system_unbound_wq work queue. Note
that drivers are not required to split up atomic commits and run an
individual commit in parallel - userspace is supposed to do that if it cares.
But it might be beneficial to do that for modesets, since those necessarily
must be done as one global operation, and enabling or disabling a CRTC can
take a long time. But even that is not required.
3. The software state is updated synchronously with
drm_atomic_helper_swap_state(). Doing this under the protection of all modeset
locks means concurrent callers never see inconsistent state. And doing this
while it’s guaranteed that no relevant nonblocking worker runs means that
nonblocking workers do not need grab any locks. Actually they must not grab
locks, for otherwise the work flushing will deadlock.
4. Schedule a work item to do all subsequent steps, using the split-out commit helpers: a) pre-plane commit b) plane commit c) post-plane commit and then cleaning up the framebuffers after the old framebuffer is no longer being displayed.
The above scheme is implemented in the atomic helper libraries in
drm_atomic_helper_commit() using a bunch of helper functions. See
drm_atomic_helper_setup_commit() for a starting point.
Helper Functions Reference¶
- 
drm_atomic_crtc_for_each_plane(plane, crtc)¶
- iterate over planes currently attached to CRTC 
Parameters
- plane
- the loop cursor
- crtc
- the crtc whose planes are iterated
Description
This iterates over the current state, useful (for example) when applying
atomic state after it has been checked and swapped.  To iterate over the
planes which will be attached (more useful in code called from
drm_mode_config_funcs.atomic_check) see
drm_atomic_crtc_state_for_each_plane().
- 
drm_atomic_crtc_state_for_each_plane(plane, crtc_state)¶
- iterate over attached planes in new state 
Parameters
- plane
- the loop cursor
- crtc_state
- the incoming crtc-state
Description
Similar to drm_crtc_for_each_plane(), but iterates the planes that will be
attached if the specified state is applied.  Useful during for example
in code called from drm_mode_config_funcs.atomic_check operations, to
validate the incoming state.
- 
drm_atomic_crtc_state_for_each_plane_state(plane, plane_state, crtc_state)¶
- iterate over attached planes in new state 
Parameters
- plane
- the loop cursor
- plane_state
- loop cursor for the plane’s state, must be const
- crtc_state
- the incoming crtc-state
Description
Similar to drm_crtc_for_each_plane(), but iterates the planes that will be
attached if the specified state is applied.  Useful during for example
in code called from drm_mode_config_funcs.atomic_check operations, to
validate the incoming state.
Compared to just drm_atomic_crtc_state_for_each_plane() this also fills in a
const plane_state. This is useful when a driver just wants to peek at other
active planes on this crtc, but does not need to change it.
- 
bool drm_atomic_plane_disabling(struct drm_plane_state * old_plane_state, struct drm_plane_state * new_plane_state)¶
- check whether a plane is being disabled 
Parameters
- struct drm_plane_state * old_plane_state
- old atomic plane state
- struct drm_plane_state * new_plane_state
- new atomic plane state
Description
Checks the atomic state of a plane to determine whether it’s being disabled or not. This also WARNs if it detects an invalid state (both CRTC and FB need to either both be NULL or both be non-NULL).
Return
True if the plane is being disabled, false otherwise.
- 
int drm_atomic_helper_check_modeset(struct drm_device * dev, struct drm_atomic_state * state)¶
- validate state object for modeset changes 
Parameters
- struct drm_device * dev
- DRM device
- struct drm_atomic_state * state
- the driver state object
Description
Check the state object to see if the requested state is physically possible. This does all the crtc and connector related computations for an atomic update and adds any additional connectors needed for full modesets. It calls the various per-object callbacks in the follow order:
- drm_connector_helper_funcs.atomic_best_encoderfor determining the new encoder.
- drm_connector_helper_funcs.atomic_checkto validate the connector state.
- If it’s determined a modeset is needed then all connectors on the affected crtc
crtc are added and drm_connector_helper_funcs.atomic_checkis run on them.
- drm_encoder_helper_funcs.mode_valid,- drm_bridge_funcs.mode_validand- drm_crtc_helper_funcs.mode_validare called on the affected components.
- drm_bridge_funcs.mode_fixupis called on all encoder bridges.
- drm_encoder_helper_funcs.atomic_checkis called to validate any encoder state. This function is only called when the encoder will be part of a configured crtc, it must not be used for implementing connector property validation. If this function is NULL,- drm_atomic_encoder_helper_funcs.mode_fixupis called instead.
- drm_crtc_helper_funcs.mode_fixupis called last, to fix up the mode with crtc constraints.
drm_crtc_state.mode_changed is set when the input mode is changed.
drm_crtc_state.connectors_changed is set when a connector is added or
removed from the crtc.  drm_crtc_state.active_changed is set when
drm_crtc_state.active changes, which is used for DPMS.
See also: drm_atomic_crtc_needs_modeset()
IMPORTANT:
Drivers which set drm_crtc_state.mode_changed (e.g. in their
drm_plane_helper_funcs.atomic_check hooks if a plane update can’t be done
without a full modeset) _must_ call this function afterwards after that
change. It is permitted to call this function multiple times for the same
update, e.g. when the drm_crtc_helper_funcs.atomic_check functions depend
upon the adjusted dotclock for fifo space allocation and watermark
computation.
Return
Zero for success or -errno
- 
int drm_atomic_helper_check_plane_state(struct drm_plane_state * plane_state, const struct drm_crtc_state * crtc_state, int min_scale, int max_scale, bool can_position, bool can_update_disabled)¶
- Check plane state for validity 
Parameters
- struct drm_plane_state * plane_state
- plane state to check
- const struct drm_crtc_state * crtc_state
- crtc state to check
- int min_scale
- minimum src:dest scaling factor in 16.16 fixed point
- int max_scale
- maximum src:dest scaling factor in 16.16 fixed point
- bool can_position
- is it legal to position the plane such that it doesn’t cover the entire crtc? This will generally only be false for primary planes.
- bool can_update_disabled
- can the plane be updated while the crtc is disabled?
Description
Checks that a desired plane update is valid, and updates various bits of derived state (clipped coordinates etc.). Drivers that provide their own plane handling rather than helper-provided implementations may still wish to call this function to avoid duplication of error checking code.
Return
Zero if update appears valid, error code on failure
- 
int drm_atomic_helper_check_planes(struct drm_device * dev, struct drm_atomic_state * state)¶
- validate state object for planes changes 
Parameters
- struct drm_device * dev
- DRM device
- struct drm_atomic_state * state
- the driver state object
Description
Check the state object to see if the requested state is physically possible.
This does all the plane update related checks using by calling into the
drm_crtc_helper_funcs.atomic_check and drm_plane_helper_funcs.atomic_check
hooks provided by the driver.
It also sets drm_crtc_state.planes_changed to indicate that a crtc has
updated planes.
Return
Zero for success or -errno
- 
int drm_atomic_helper_check(struct drm_device * dev, struct drm_atomic_state * state)¶
- validate state object 
Parameters
- struct drm_device * dev
- DRM device
- struct drm_atomic_state * state
- the driver state object
Description
Check the state object to see if the requested state is physically possible.
Only crtcs and planes have check callbacks, so for any additional (global)
checking that a driver needs it can simply wrap that around this function.
Drivers without such needs can directly use this as their
drm_mode_config_funcs.atomic_check callback.
This just wraps the two parts of the state checking for planes and modeset
state in the default order: First it calls drm_atomic_helper_check_modeset()
and then drm_atomic_helper_check_planes(). The assumption is that the
drm_plane_helper_funcs.atomic_check and drm_crtc_helper_funcs.atomic_check
functions depend upon an updated adjusted_mode.clock to e.g. properly compute
watermarks.
Note that zpos normalization will add all enable planes to the state which might not desired for some drivers. For example enable/disable of a cursor plane which have fixed zpos value would trigger all other enabled planes to be forced to the state change.
Return
Zero for success or -errno
- 
void drm_atomic_helper_update_legacy_modeset_state(struct drm_device * dev, struct drm_atomic_state * old_state)¶
- update legacy modeset state 
Parameters
- struct drm_device * dev
- DRM device
- struct drm_atomic_state * old_state
- atomic state object with old state structures
Description
This function updates all the various legacy modeset state pointers in
connectors, encoders and crtcs. It also updates the timestamping constants
used for precise vblank timestamps by calling
drm_calc_timestamping_constants().
Drivers can use this for building their own atomic commit if they don’t have a pure helper-based modeset implementation.
Since these updates are not synchronized with lockings, only code paths
called from drm_mode_config_helper_funcs.atomic_commit_tail can look at the
legacy state filled out by this helper. Defacto this means this helper and
the legacy state pointers are only really useful for transitioning an
existing driver to the atomic world.
- 
void drm_atomic_helper_commit_modeset_disables(struct drm_device * dev, struct drm_atomic_state * old_state)¶
- modeset commit to disable outputs 
Parameters
- struct drm_device * dev
- DRM device
- struct drm_atomic_state * old_state
- atomic state object with old state structures
Description
This function shuts down all the outputs that need to be shut down and prepares them (if required) with the new mode.
For compatibility with legacy crtc helpers this should be called before
drm_atomic_helper_commit_planes(), which is what the default commit function
does. But drivers with different needs can group the modeset commits together
and do the plane commits at the end. This is useful for drivers doing runtime
PM since planes updates then only happen when the CRTC is actually enabled.
- 
void drm_atomic_helper_commit_modeset_enables(struct drm_device * dev, struct drm_atomic_state * old_state)¶
- modeset commit to enable outputs 
Parameters
- struct drm_device * dev
- DRM device
- struct drm_atomic_state * old_state
- atomic state object with old state structures
Description
This function enables all the outputs with the new configuration which had to be turned off for the update.
For compatibility with legacy crtc helpers this should be called after
drm_atomic_helper_commit_planes(), which is what the default commit function
does. But drivers with different needs can group the modeset commits together
and do the plane commits at the end. This is useful for drivers doing runtime
PM since planes updates then only happen when the CRTC is actually enabled.
- 
int drm_atomic_helper_wait_for_fences(struct drm_device * dev, struct drm_atomic_state * state, bool pre_swap)¶
- wait for fences stashed in plane state 
Parameters
- struct drm_device * dev
- DRM device
- struct drm_atomic_state * state
- atomic state object with old state structures
- bool pre_swap
- If true, do an interruptible wait, and state is the new state. Otherwise state is the old state.
Description
For implicit sync, driver should fish the exclusive fence out from the
incoming fb’s and stash it in the drm_plane_state.  This is called after
drm_atomic_helper_swap_state() so it uses the current plane state (and
just uses the atomic state to find the changed planes)
Note that pre_swap is needed since the point where we block for fences moves
around depending upon whether an atomic commit is blocking or
non-blocking. For non-blocking commit all waiting needs to happen after
drm_atomic_helper_swap_state() is called, but for blocking commits we want
to wait before we do anything that can’t be easily rolled back. That is
before we call drm_atomic_helper_swap_state().
Returns zero if success or < 0 if dma_fence_wait() fails.
- 
void drm_atomic_helper_wait_for_vblanks(struct drm_device * dev, struct drm_atomic_state * old_state)¶
- wait for vblank on crtcs 
Parameters
- struct drm_device * dev
- DRM device
- struct drm_atomic_state * old_state
- atomic state object with old state structures
Description
Helper to, after atomic commit, wait for vblanks on all effected
crtcs (ie. before cleaning up old framebuffers using
drm_atomic_helper_cleanup_planes()). It will only wait on CRTCs where the
framebuffers have actually changed to optimize for the legacy cursor and
plane update use-case.
Drivers using the nonblocking commit tracking support initialized by calling
drm_atomic_helper_setup_commit() should look at
drm_atomic_helper_wait_for_flip_done() as an alternative.
- 
void drm_atomic_helper_wait_for_flip_done(struct drm_device * dev, struct drm_atomic_state * old_state)¶
- wait for all page flips to be done 
Parameters
- struct drm_device * dev
- DRM device
- struct drm_atomic_state * old_state
- atomic state object with old state structures
Description
Helper to, after atomic commit, wait for page flips on all effected
crtcs (ie. before cleaning up old framebuffers using
drm_atomic_helper_cleanup_planes()). Compared to
drm_atomic_helper_wait_for_vblanks() this waits for the completion of on all
CRTCs, assuming that cursors-only updates are signalling their completion
immediately (or using a different path).
This requires that drivers use the nonblocking commit tracking support
initialized using drm_atomic_helper_setup_commit().
- 
void drm_atomic_helper_commit_tail(struct drm_atomic_state * old_state)¶
- commit atomic update to hardware 
Parameters
- struct drm_atomic_state * old_state
- atomic state object with old state structures
Description
This is the default implementation for the
drm_mode_config_helper_funcs.atomic_commit_tail hook, for drivers
that do not support runtime_pm or do not need the CRTC to be
enabled to perform a commit. Otherwise, see
drm_atomic_helper_commit_tail_rpm().
Note that the default ordering of how the various stages are called is to match the legacy modeset helper library closest.
- 
void drm_atomic_helper_commit_tail_rpm(struct drm_atomic_state * old_state)¶
- commit atomic update to hardware 
Parameters
- struct drm_atomic_state * old_state
- new modeset state to be committed
Description
This is an alternative implementation for the
drm_mode_config_helper_funcs.atomic_commit_tail hook, for drivers
that support runtime_pm or need the CRTC to be enabled to perform a
commit. Otherwise, one should use the default implementation
drm_atomic_helper_commit_tail().
- 
int drm_atomic_helper_async_check(struct drm_device * dev, struct drm_atomic_state * state)¶
- check if state can be commited asynchronously 
Parameters
- struct drm_device * dev
- DRM device
- struct drm_atomic_state * state
- the driver state object
Description
This helper will check if it is possible to commit the state asynchronously. Async commits are not supposed to swap the states like normal sync commits but just do in-place changes on the current state.
It will return 0 if the commit can happen in an asynchronous fashion or error if not. Note that error just mean it can’t be commited asynchronously, if it fails the commit should be treated like a normal synchronous commit.
- 
void drm_atomic_helper_async_commit(struct drm_device * dev, struct drm_atomic_state * state)¶
- commit state asynchronously 
Parameters
- struct drm_device * dev
- DRM device
- struct drm_atomic_state * state
- the driver state object
Description
This function commits a state asynchronously, i.e., not vblank synchronized. It should be used on a state only when drm_atomic_async_check() succeeds. Async commits are not supposed to swap the states like normal sync commits, but just do in-place changes on the current state.
TODO: Implement full swap instead of doing in-place changes.
- 
int drm_atomic_helper_commit(struct drm_device * dev, struct drm_atomic_state * state, bool nonblock)¶
- commit validated state object 
Parameters
- struct drm_device * dev
- DRM device
- struct drm_atomic_state * state
- the driver state object
- bool nonblock
- whether nonblocking behavior is requested.
Description
This function commits a with drm_atomic_helper_check() pre-validated state
object. This can still fail when e.g. the framebuffer reservation fails. This
function implements nonblocking commits, using
drm_atomic_helper_setup_commit() and related functions.
Committing the actual hardware state is done through the
drm_mode_config_helper_funcs.atomic_commit_tail callback, or its default
implementation drm_atomic_helper_commit_tail().
Return
Zero for success or -errno.
- 
int drm_atomic_helper_setup_commit(struct drm_atomic_state * state, bool nonblock)¶
- setup possibly nonblocking commit 
Parameters
- struct drm_atomic_state * state
- new modeset state to be committed
- bool nonblock
- whether nonblocking behavior is requested.
Description
This function prepares state to be used by the atomic helper’s support for
nonblocking commits. Drivers using the nonblocking commit infrastructure
should always call this function from their
drm_mode_config_funcs.atomic_commit hook.
To be able to use this support drivers need to use a few more helper
functions. drm_atomic_helper_wait_for_dependencies() must be called before
actually committing the hardware state, and for nonblocking commits this call
must be placed in the async worker. See also drm_atomic_helper_swap_state()
and its stall parameter, for when a driver’s commit hooks look at the
drm_crtc.state, drm_plane.state or drm_connector.state pointer directly.
Completion of the hardware commit step must be signalled using
drm_atomic_helper_commit_hw_done(). After this step the driver is not allowed
to read or change any permanent software or hardware modeset state. The only
exception is state protected by other means than drm_modeset_lock locks.
Only the free standing state with pointers to the old state structures can
be inspected, e.g. to clean up old buffers using
drm_atomic_helper_cleanup_planes().
At the very end, before cleaning up state drivers must call
drm_atomic_helper_commit_cleanup_done().
This is all implemented by in drm_atomic_helper_commit(), giving drivers a
complete and easy-to-use default implementation of the atomic_commit() hook.
The tracking of asynchronously executed and still pending commits is done
using the core structure drm_crtc_commit.
By default there’s no need to clean up resources allocated by this function
explicitly: drm_atomic_state_default_clear() will take care of that
automatically.
Return
0 on success. -EBUSY when userspace schedules nonblocking commits too fast, -ENOMEM on allocation failures and -EINTR when a signal is pending.
- 
void drm_atomic_helper_wait_for_dependencies(struct drm_atomic_state * old_state)¶
- wait for required preceeding commits 
Parameters
- struct drm_atomic_state * old_state
- atomic state object with old state structures
Description
This function waits for all preceeding commits that touch the same CRTC as
old_state to both be committed to the hardware (as signalled by
drm_atomic_helper_commit_hw_done) and executed by the hardware (as signalled
by calling drm_crtc_send_vblank_event() on the drm_crtc_state.event).
This is part of the atomic helper support for nonblocking commits, see
drm_atomic_helper_setup_commit() for an overview.
- 
void drm_atomic_helper_fake_vblank(struct drm_atomic_state * old_state)¶
- fake VBLANK events if needed 
Parameters
- struct drm_atomic_state * old_state
- atomic state object with old state structures
Description
This function walks all CRTCs and fake VBLANK events on those with
drm_crtc_state.no_vblank set to true and drm_crtc_state.event != NULL.
The primary use of this function is writeback connectors working in oneshot
mode and faking VBLANK events. In this case they only fake the VBLANK event
when a job is queued, and any change to the pipeline that does not touch the
connector is leading to timeouts when calling
drm_atomic_helper_wait_for_vblanks() or
drm_atomic_helper_wait_for_flip_done().
This is part of the atomic helper support for nonblocking commits, see
drm_atomic_helper_setup_commit() for an overview.
- 
void drm_atomic_helper_commit_hw_done(struct drm_atomic_state * old_state)¶
- setup possible nonblocking commit 
Parameters
- struct drm_atomic_state * old_state
- atomic state object with old state structures
Description
This function is used to signal completion of the hardware commit step. After
this step the driver is not allowed to read or change any permanent software
or hardware modeset state. The only exception is state protected by other
means than drm_modeset_lock locks.
Drivers should try to postpone any expensive or delayed cleanup work after this function is called.
This is part of the atomic helper support for nonblocking commits, see
drm_atomic_helper_setup_commit() for an overview.
- 
void drm_atomic_helper_commit_cleanup_done(struct drm_atomic_state * old_state)¶
- signal completion of commit 
Parameters
- struct drm_atomic_state * old_state
- atomic state object with old state structures
Description
This signals completion of the atomic update old_state, including any
cleanup work. If used, it must be called right before calling
drm_atomic_state_put().
This is part of the atomic helper support for nonblocking commits, see
drm_atomic_helper_setup_commit() for an overview.
- 
int drm_atomic_helper_prepare_planes(struct drm_device * dev, struct drm_atomic_state * state)¶
- prepare plane resources before commit 
Parameters
- struct drm_device * dev
- DRM device
- struct drm_atomic_state * state
- atomic state object with new state structures
Description
This function prepares plane state, specifically framebuffers, for the new
configuration, by calling drm_plane_helper_funcs.prepare_fb. If any failure
is encountered this function will call drm_plane_helper_funcs.cleanup_fb on
any already successfully prepared framebuffer.
Return
0 on success, negative error code on failure.
- 
void drm_atomic_helper_commit_planes(struct drm_device * dev, struct drm_atomic_state * old_state, uint32_t flags)¶
- commit plane state 
Parameters
- struct drm_device * dev
- DRM device
- struct drm_atomic_state * old_state
- atomic state object with old state structures
- uint32_t flags
- flags for committing plane state
Description
This function commits the new plane state using the plane and atomic helper functions for planes and crtcs. It assumes that the atomic state has already been pushed into the relevant object state pointers, since this step can no longer fail.
It still requires the global state object old_state to know which planes and crtcs need to be updated though.
Note that this function does all plane updates across all CRTCs in one step.
If the hardware can’t support this approach look at
drm_atomic_helper_commit_planes_on_crtc() instead.
Plane parameters can be updated by applications while the associated CRTC is disabled. The DRM/KMS core will store the parameters in the plane state, which will be available to the driver when the CRTC is turned on. As a result most drivers don’t need to be immediately notified of plane updates for a disabled CRTC.
Unless otherwise needed, drivers are advised to set the ACTIVE_ONLY flag in flags in order not to receive plane update notifications related to a disabled CRTC. This avoids the need to manually ignore plane updates in driver code when the driver and/or hardware can’t or just don’t need to deal with updates on disabled CRTCs, for example when supporting runtime PM.
Drivers may set the NO_DISABLE_AFTER_MODESET flag in flags if the relevant
display controllers require to disable a CRTC’s planes when the CRTC is
disabled. This function would skip the drm_plane_helper_funcs.atomic_disable
call for a plane if the CRTC of the old plane state needs a modesetting
operation. Of course, the drivers need to disable the planes in their CRTC
disable callbacks since no one else would do that.
The drm_atomic_helper_commit() default implementation doesn’t set the
ACTIVE_ONLY flag to most closely match the behaviour of the legacy helpers.
This should not be copied blindly by drivers.
- 
void drm_atomic_helper_commit_planes_on_crtc(struct drm_crtc_state * old_crtc_state)¶
- commit plane state for a crtc 
Parameters
- struct drm_crtc_state * old_crtc_state
- atomic state object with the old crtc state
Description
This function commits the new plane state using the plane and atomic helper functions for planes on the specific crtc. It assumes that the atomic state has already been pushed into the relevant object state pointers, since this step can no longer fail.
This function is useful when plane updates should be done crtc-by-crtc
instead of one global step like drm_atomic_helper_commit_planes() does.
This function can only be savely used when planes are not allowed to move between different CRTCs because this function doesn’t handle inter-CRTC depencies. Callers need to ensure that either no such depencies exist, resolve them through ordering of commit calls or through some other means.
- 
void drm_atomic_helper_disable_planes_on_crtc(struct drm_crtc_state * old_crtc_state, bool atomic)¶
- helper to disable CRTC’s planes 
Parameters
- struct drm_crtc_state * old_crtc_state
- atomic state object with the old CRTC state
- bool atomic
- if set, synchronize with CRTC’s atomic_begin/flush hooks
Description
Disables all planes associated with the given CRTC. This can be used for instance in the CRTC helper atomic_disable callback to disable all planes.
If the atomic-parameter is set the function calls the CRTC’s atomic_begin hook before and atomic_flush hook after disabling the planes.
It is a bug to call this function without having implemented the
drm_plane_helper_funcs.atomic_disable plane hook.
- 
void drm_atomic_helper_cleanup_planes(struct drm_device * dev, struct drm_atomic_state * old_state)¶
- cleanup plane resources after commit 
Parameters
- struct drm_device * dev
- DRM device
- struct drm_atomic_state * old_state
- atomic state object with old state structures
Description
This function cleans up plane state, specifically framebuffers, from the old configuration. Hence the old configuration must be perserved in old_state to be able to call this function.
This function must also be called on the new state when the atomic update
fails at any point after calling drm_atomic_helper_prepare_planes().
- 
int drm_atomic_helper_swap_state(struct drm_atomic_state * state, bool stall)¶
- store atomic state into current sw state 
Parameters
- struct drm_atomic_state * state
- atomic state
- bool stall
- stall for preceeding commits
Description
This function stores the atomic state into the current state pointers in all driver objects. It should be called after all failing steps have been done and succeeded, but before the actual hardware state is committed.
For cleanup and error recovery the current state for all changed objects will be swapped into state.
With that sequence it fits perfectly into the plane prepare/cleanup sequence:
- Call drm_atomic_helper_prepare_planes()with the staged atomic state.
- Do any other steps that might fail.
- Put the staged state into the current state pointers with this function.
- Actually commit the hardware state.
5. Call drm_atomic_helper_cleanup_planes() with state, which since step 3
contains the old state. Also do any other cleanup required with that state.
stall must be set when nonblocking commits for this driver directly access
the drm_plane.state, drm_crtc.state or drm_connector.state pointer. With
the current atomic helpers this is almost always the case, since the helpers
don’t pass the right state structures to the callbacks.
Return
Returns 0 on success. Can return -ERESTARTSYS when stall is true and the waiting for the previous commits has been interrupted.
- 
int drm_atomic_helper_update_plane(struct drm_plane * plane, struct drm_crtc * crtc, struct drm_framebuffer * fb, int crtc_x, int crtc_y, unsigned int crtc_w, unsigned int crtc_h, uint32_t src_x, uint32_t src_y, uint32_t src_w, uint32_t src_h, struct drm_modeset_acquire_ctx * ctx)¶
- Helper for primary plane update using atomic 
Parameters
- struct drm_plane * plane
- plane object to update
- struct drm_crtc * crtc
- owning CRTC of owning plane
- struct drm_framebuffer * fb
- framebuffer to flip onto plane
- int crtc_x
- x offset of primary plane on crtc
- int crtc_y
- y offset of primary plane on crtc
- unsigned int crtc_w
- width of primary plane rectangle on crtc
- unsigned int crtc_h
- height of primary plane rectangle on crtc
- uint32_t src_x
- x offset of fb for panning
- uint32_t src_y
- y offset of fb for panning
- uint32_t src_w
- width of source rectangle in fb
- uint32_t src_h
- height of source rectangle in fb
- struct drm_modeset_acquire_ctx * ctx
- lock acquire context
Description
Provides a default plane update handler using the atomic driver interface.
Return
Zero on success, error code on failure
- 
int drm_atomic_helper_disable_plane(struct drm_plane * plane, struct drm_modeset_acquire_ctx * ctx)¶
- Helper for primary plane disable using * atomic 
Parameters
- struct drm_plane * plane
- plane to disable
- struct drm_modeset_acquire_ctx * ctx
- lock acquire context
Description
Provides a default plane disable handler using the atomic driver interface.
Return
Zero on success, error code on failure
- 
int drm_atomic_helper_set_config(struct drm_mode_set * set, struct drm_modeset_acquire_ctx * ctx)¶
- set a new config from userspace 
Parameters
- struct drm_mode_set * set
- mode set configuration
- struct drm_modeset_acquire_ctx * ctx
- lock acquisition context
Description
Provides a default crtc set_config handler using the atomic driver interface.
NOTE
For backwards compatibility with old userspace this automatically
resets the “link-status” property to GOOD, to force any link
re-training. The SETCRTC ioctl does not define whether an update does
need a full modeset or just a plane update, hence we’re allowed to do
that. See also drm_connector_set_link_status_property().
Return
Returns 0 on success, negative errno numbers on failure.
- 
int drm_atomic_helper_disable_all(struct drm_device * dev, struct drm_modeset_acquire_ctx * ctx)¶
- disable all currently active outputs 
Parameters
- struct drm_device * dev
- DRM device
- struct drm_modeset_acquire_ctx * ctx
- lock acquisition context
Description
Loops through all connectors, finding those that aren’t turned off and then turns them off by setting their DPMS mode to OFF and deactivating the CRTC that they are connected to.
This is used for example in suspend/resume to disable all currently active
functions when suspending. If you just want to shut down everything at e.g.
driver unload, look at drm_atomic_helper_shutdown().
Note that if callers haven’t already acquired all modeset locks this might
return -EDEADLK, which must be handled by calling drm_modeset_backoff().
Return
0 on success or a negative error code on failure.
See also:
drm_atomic_helper_suspend(), drm_atomic_helper_resume() and
drm_atomic_helper_shutdown().
- 
void drm_atomic_helper_shutdown(struct drm_device * dev)¶
- shutdown all CRTC 
Parameters
- struct drm_device * dev
- DRM device
Description
This shuts down all CRTC, which is useful for driver unloading. Shutdown on
suspend should instead be handled with drm_atomic_helper_suspend(), since
that also takes a snapshot of the modeset state to be restored on resume.
This is just a convenience wrapper around drm_atomic_helper_disable_all(),
and it is the atomic version of drm_crtc_force_disable_all().
- 
struct drm_atomic_state * drm_atomic_helper_duplicate_state(struct drm_device * dev, struct drm_modeset_acquire_ctx * ctx)¶
- duplicate an atomic state object 
Parameters
- struct drm_device * dev
- DRM device
- struct drm_modeset_acquire_ctx * ctx
- lock acquisition context
Description
Makes a copy of the current atomic state by looping over all objects and duplicating their respective states. This is used for example by suspend/ resume support code to save the state prior to suspend such that it can be restored upon resume.
Note that this treats atomic state as persistent between save and restore. Drivers must make sure that this is possible and won’t result in confusion or erroneous behaviour.
Note that if callers haven’t already acquired all modeset locks this might
return -EDEADLK, which must be handled by calling drm_modeset_backoff().
Return
A pointer to the copy of the atomic state object on success or an ERR_PTR()-encoded error code on failure.
See also:
drm_atomic_helper_suspend(), drm_atomic_helper_resume()
- 
struct drm_atomic_state * drm_atomic_helper_suspend(struct drm_device * dev)¶
- subsystem-level suspend helper 
Parameters
- struct drm_device * dev
- DRM device
Description
Duplicates the current atomic state, disables all active outputs and then
returns a pointer to the original atomic state to the caller. Drivers can
pass this pointer to the drm_atomic_helper_resume() helper upon resume to
restore the output configuration that was active at the time the system
entered suspend.
Note that it is potentially unsafe to use this. The atomic state object returned by this function is assumed to be persistent. Drivers must ensure that this holds true. Before calling this function, drivers must make sure to suspend fbdev emulation so that nothing can be using the device.
Return
A pointer to a copy of the state before suspend on success or an ERR_PTR()-
encoded error code on failure. Drivers should store the returned atomic
state object and pass it to the drm_atomic_helper_resume() helper upon
resume.
See also:
drm_atomic_helper_duplicate_state(), drm_atomic_helper_disable_all(),
drm_atomic_helper_resume(), drm_atomic_helper_commit_duplicated_state()
- 
int drm_atomic_helper_commit_duplicated_state(struct drm_atomic_state * state, struct drm_modeset_acquire_ctx * ctx)¶
- commit duplicated state 
Parameters
- struct drm_atomic_state * state
- duplicated atomic state to commit
- struct drm_modeset_acquire_ctx * ctx
- pointer to acquire_ctx to use for commit.
Description
The state returned by drm_atomic_helper_duplicate_state() and
drm_atomic_helper_suspend() is partially invalid, and needs to
be fixed up before commit.
Return
0 on success or a negative error code on failure.
See also:
drm_atomic_helper_suspend()
- 
int drm_atomic_helper_resume(struct drm_device * dev, struct drm_atomic_state * state)¶
- subsystem-level resume helper 
Parameters
- struct drm_device * dev
- DRM device
- struct drm_atomic_state * state
- atomic state to resume to
Description
Calls drm_mode_config_reset() to synchronize hardware and software states,
grabs all modeset locks and commits the atomic state object. This can be
used in conjunction with the drm_atomic_helper_suspend() helper to
implement suspend/resume for drivers that support atomic mode-setting.
Return
0 on success or a negative error code on failure.
See also:
drm_atomic_helper_suspend()
- 
int drm_atomic_helper_page_flip(struct drm_crtc * crtc, struct drm_framebuffer * fb, struct drm_pending_vblank_event * event, uint32_t flags, struct drm_modeset_acquire_ctx * ctx)¶
- execute a legacy page flip 
Parameters
- struct drm_crtc * crtc
- DRM crtc
- struct drm_framebuffer * fb
- DRM framebuffer
- struct drm_pending_vblank_event * event
- optional DRM event to signal upon completion
- uint32_t flags
- flip flags for non-vblank sync’ed updates
- struct drm_modeset_acquire_ctx * ctx
- lock acquisition context
Description
Provides a default drm_crtc_funcs.page_flip implementation
using the atomic driver interface.
Return
Returns 0 on success, negative errno numbers on failure.
See also:
drm_atomic_helper_page_flip_target()
- 
int drm_atomic_helper_page_flip_target(struct drm_crtc * crtc, struct drm_framebuffer * fb, struct drm_pending_vblank_event * event, uint32_t flags, uint32_t target, struct drm_modeset_acquire_ctx * ctx)¶
- do page flip on target vblank period. 
Parameters
- struct drm_crtc * crtc
- DRM crtc
- struct drm_framebuffer * fb
- DRM framebuffer
- struct drm_pending_vblank_event * event
- optional DRM event to signal upon completion
- uint32_t flags
- flip flags for non-vblank sync’ed updates
- uint32_t target
- specifying the target vblank period when the flip to take effect
- struct drm_modeset_acquire_ctx * ctx
- lock acquisition context
Description
Provides a default drm_crtc_funcs.page_flip_target implementation.
Similar to drm_atomic_helper_page_flip() with extra parameter to specify
target vblank period to flip.
Return
Returns 0 on success, negative errno numbers on failure.
- 
int drm_atomic_helper_legacy_gamma_set(struct drm_crtc * crtc, u16 * red, u16 * green, u16 * blue, uint32_t size, struct drm_modeset_acquire_ctx * ctx)¶
- set the legacy gamma correction table 
Parameters
- struct drm_crtc * crtc
- CRTC object
- u16 * red
- red correction table
- u16 * green
- green correction table
- u16 * blue
- green correction table
- uint32_t size
- size of the tables
- struct drm_modeset_acquire_ctx * ctx
- lock acquire context
Description
Implements support for legacy gamma correction table for drivers
that support color management through the DEGAMMA_LUT/GAMMA_LUT
properties. See drm_crtc_enable_color_mgmt() and the containing chapter for
how the atomic color management and gamma tables work.
Atomic State Reset and Initialization¶
Both the drm core and the atomic helpers assume that there is always the full and correct atomic software state for all connectors, CRTCs and planes available. Which is a bit a problem on driver load and also after system suspend. One way to solve this is to have a hardware state read-out infrastructure which reconstructs the full software state (e.g. the i915 driver).
The simpler solution is to just reset the software state to everything off,
which is easiest to do by calling drm_mode_config_reset(). To facilitate this
the atomic helpers provide default reset implementations for all hooks.
On the upside the precise state tracking of atomic simplifies system suspend
and resume a lot. For drivers using drm_mode_config_reset() a complete recipe
is implemented in drm_atomic_helper_suspend() and drm_atomic_helper_resume().
For other drivers the building blocks are split out, see the documentation
for these functions.
Atomic State Helper Reference¶
- 
void __drm_atomic_helper_crtc_reset(struct drm_crtc * crtc, struct drm_crtc_state * crtc_state)¶
- reset state on CRTC 
Parameters
- struct drm_crtc * crtc
- drm CRTC
- struct drm_crtc_state * crtc_state
- CRTC state to assign
Description
Initializes the newly allocated crtc_state and assigns it to
the drm_crtc->state pointer of crtc, usually required when
initializing the drivers or when called from the drm_crtc_funcs.reset
hook.
This is useful for drivers that subclass the CRTC state.
- 
void drm_atomic_helper_crtc_reset(struct drm_crtc * crtc)¶
- default - drm_crtc_funcs.resethook for CRTCs
Parameters
- struct drm_crtc * crtc
- drm CRTC
Description
Resets the atomic state for crtc by freeing the state pointer (which might be NULL, e.g. at driver load time) and allocating a new empty state object.
- 
void __drm_atomic_helper_crtc_duplicate_state(struct drm_crtc * crtc, struct drm_crtc_state * state)¶
- copy atomic CRTC state 
Parameters
- struct drm_crtc * crtc
- CRTC object
- struct drm_crtc_state * state
- atomic CRTC state
Description
Copies atomic state from a CRTC’s current state and resets inferred values. This is useful for drivers that subclass the CRTC state.
- 
struct drm_crtc_state * drm_atomic_helper_crtc_duplicate_state(struct drm_crtc * crtc)¶
- default state duplicate hook 
Parameters
- struct drm_crtc * crtc
- drm CRTC
Description
Default CRTC state duplicate hook for drivers which don’t have their own subclassed CRTC state structure.
- 
void __drm_atomic_helper_crtc_destroy_state(struct drm_crtc_state * state)¶
- release CRTC state 
Parameters
- struct drm_crtc_state * state
- CRTC state object to release
Description
Releases all resources stored in the CRTC state without actually freeing the memory of the CRTC state. This is useful for drivers that subclass the CRTC state.
- 
void drm_atomic_helper_crtc_destroy_state(struct drm_crtc * crtc, struct drm_crtc_state * state)¶
- default state destroy hook 
Parameters
- struct drm_crtc * crtc
- drm CRTC
- struct drm_crtc_state * state
- CRTC state object to release
Description
Default CRTC state destroy hook for drivers which don’t have their own subclassed CRTC state structure.
- 
void __drm_atomic_helper_plane_reset(struct drm_plane * plane, struct drm_plane_state * state)¶
- resets planes state to default values 
Parameters
- struct drm_plane * plane
- plane object, must not be NULL
- struct drm_plane_state * state
- atomic plane state, must not be NULL
Description
Initializes plane state to default. This is useful for drivers that subclass the plane state.
- 
void drm_atomic_helper_plane_reset(struct drm_plane * plane)¶
- default - drm_plane_funcs.resethook for planes
Parameters
- struct drm_plane * plane
- drm plane
Description
Resets the atomic state for plane by freeing the state pointer (which might be NULL, e.g. at driver load time) and allocating a new empty state object.
- 
void __drm_atomic_helper_plane_duplicate_state(struct drm_plane * plane, struct drm_plane_state * state)¶
- copy atomic plane state 
Parameters
- struct drm_plane * plane
- plane object
- struct drm_plane_state * state
- atomic plane state
Description
Copies atomic state from a plane’s current state. This is useful for drivers that subclass the plane state.
- 
struct drm_plane_state * drm_atomic_helper_plane_duplicate_state(struct drm_plane * plane)¶
- default state duplicate hook 
Parameters
- struct drm_plane * plane
- drm plane
Description
Default plane state duplicate hook for drivers which don’t have their own subclassed plane state structure.
- 
void __drm_atomic_helper_plane_destroy_state(struct drm_plane_state * state)¶
- release plane state 
Parameters
- struct drm_plane_state * state
- plane state object to release
Description
Releases all resources stored in the plane state without actually freeing the memory of the plane state. This is useful for drivers that subclass the plane state.
- 
void drm_atomic_helper_plane_destroy_state(struct drm_plane * plane, struct drm_plane_state * state)¶
- default state destroy hook 
Parameters
- struct drm_plane * plane
- drm plane
- struct drm_plane_state * state
- plane state object to release
Description
Default plane state destroy hook for drivers which don’t have their own subclassed plane state structure.
- 
void __drm_atomic_helper_connector_reset(struct drm_connector * connector, struct drm_connector_state * conn_state)¶
- reset state on connector 
Parameters
- struct drm_connector * connector
- drm connector
- struct drm_connector_state * conn_state
- connector state to assign
Description
Initializes the newly allocated conn_state and assigns it to
the drm_connector->state pointer of connector, usually required when
initializing the drivers or when called from the drm_connector_funcs.reset
hook.
This is useful for drivers that subclass the connector state.
- 
void drm_atomic_helper_connector_reset(struct drm_connector * connector)¶
- default - drm_connector_funcs.resethook for connectors
Parameters
- struct drm_connector * connector
- drm connector
Description
Resets the atomic state for connector by freeing the state pointer (which might be NULL, e.g. at driver load time) and allocating a new empty state object.
- 
void drm_atomic_helper_connector_tv_reset(struct drm_connector * connector)¶
- Resets TV connector properties 
Parameters
- struct drm_connector * connector
- DRM connector
Description
Resets the TV-related properties attached to a connector.
- 
void __drm_atomic_helper_connector_duplicate_state(struct drm_connector * connector, struct drm_connector_state * state)¶
- copy atomic connector state 
Parameters
- struct drm_connector * connector
- connector object
- struct drm_connector_state * state
- atomic connector state
Description
Copies atomic state from a connector’s current state. This is useful for drivers that subclass the connector state.
- 
struct drm_connector_state * drm_atomic_helper_connector_duplicate_state(struct drm_connector * connector)¶
- default state duplicate hook 
Parameters
- struct drm_connector * connector
- drm connector
Description
Default connector state duplicate hook for drivers which don’t have their own subclassed connector state structure.
- 
void __drm_atomic_helper_connector_destroy_state(struct drm_connector_state * state)¶
- release connector state 
Parameters
- struct drm_connector_state * state
- connector state object to release
Description
Releases all resources stored in the connector state without actually freeing the memory of the connector state. This is useful for drivers that subclass the connector state.
- 
void drm_atomic_helper_connector_destroy_state(struct drm_connector * connector, struct drm_connector_state * state)¶
- default state destroy hook 
Parameters
- struct drm_connector * connector
- drm connector
- struct drm_connector_state * state
- connector state object to release
Description
Default connector state destroy hook for drivers which don’t have their own subclassed connector state structure.
- 
void __drm_atomic_helper_private_obj_duplicate_state(struct drm_private_obj * obj, struct drm_private_state * state)¶
- copy atomic private state 
Parameters
- struct drm_private_obj * obj
- CRTC object
- struct drm_private_state * state
- new private object state
Description
Copies atomic state from a private objects’s current state and resets inferred values. This is useful for drivers that subclass the private state.
Simple KMS Helper Reference¶
This helper library provides helpers for drivers for simple display hardware.
drm_simple_display_pipe_init() initializes a simple display pipeline
which has only one full-screen scanout buffer feeding one output. The
pipeline is represented by struct drm_simple_display_pipe and binds
together drm_plane, drm_crtc and drm_encoder structures into one fixed
entity. Some flexibility for code reuse is provided through a separately
allocated drm_connector object and supporting optional drm_bridge
encoder drivers.
- 
struct drm_simple_display_pipe_funcs¶
- helper operations for a simple display pipeline 
Definition
struct drm_simple_display_pipe_funcs {
  enum drm_mode_status (*mode_valid)(struct drm_simple_display_pipe *pipe, const struct drm_display_mode *mode);
  void (*enable)(struct drm_simple_display_pipe *pipe,struct drm_crtc_state *crtc_state, struct drm_plane_state *plane_state);
  void (*disable)(struct drm_simple_display_pipe *pipe);
  int (*check)(struct drm_simple_display_pipe *pipe,struct drm_plane_state *plane_state, struct drm_crtc_state *crtc_state);
  void (*update)(struct drm_simple_display_pipe *pipe, struct drm_plane_state *old_plane_state);
  int (*prepare_fb)(struct drm_simple_display_pipe *pipe, struct drm_plane_state *plane_state);
  void (*cleanup_fb)(struct drm_simple_display_pipe *pipe, struct drm_plane_state *plane_state);
  int (*enable_vblank)(struct drm_simple_display_pipe *pipe);
  void (*disable_vblank)(struct drm_simple_display_pipe *pipe);
};
Members
- mode_valid
- This callback is used to check if a specific mode is valid in the crtc used in this simple display pipe. This should be implemented if the display pipe has some sort of restriction in the modes it can display. For example, a given display pipe may be responsible to set a clock value. If the clock can not produce all the values for the available modes then this callback can be used to restrict the number of modes to only the ones that can be displayed. Another reason can be bandwidth mitigation: the memory port on the display controller can have bandwidth limitations not allowing pixel data to be fetched at any rate. - This hook is used by the probe helpers to filter the mode list in - drm_helper_probe_single_connector_modes(), and it is used by the atomic helpers to validate modes supplied by userspace in- drm_atomic_helper_check_modeset().- This function is optional. - NOTE: - Since this function is both called from the check phase of an atomic commit, and the mode validation in the probe paths it is not allowed to look at anything else but the passed-in mode, and validate it against configuration-invariant hardware constraints. - RETURNS: - drm_mode_status Enum 
- enable
- This function should be used to enable the pipeline. It is called when the underlying crtc is enabled. This hook is optional.
- disable
- This function should be used to disable the pipeline. It is called when the underlying crtc is disabled. This hook is optional.
- check
- This function is called in the check phase of an atomic update, specifically when the underlying plane is checked. The simple display pipeline helpers already check that the plane is not scaled, fills the entire visible area and is always enabled when the crtc is also enabled. This hook is optional. - RETURNS: - 0 on success, -EINVAL if the state or the transition can’t be supported, -ENOMEM on memory allocation failure and -EDEADLK if an attempt to obtain another state object ran into a - drm_modeset_lockdeadlock.
- update
- This function is called when the underlying plane state is updated. This hook is optional. - This is the function drivers should submit the - drm_pending_vblank_eventfrom. Using either- drm_crtc_arm_vblank_event(), when the driver supports vblank interrupt handling, or- drm_crtc_send_vblank_event()directly in case the hardware lacks vblank support entirely.
- prepare_fb
- Optional, called by - drm_plane_helper_funcs.prepare_fb. Please read the documentation for the- drm_plane_helper_funcs.prepare_fbhook for more details.- Drivers which always have their buffers pinned should use - drm_gem_fb_simple_display_pipe_prepare_fb()for this hook.
- cleanup_fb
- Optional, called by drm_plane_helper_funcs.cleanup_fb. Please read the documentation for thedrm_plane_helper_funcs.cleanup_fbhook for more details.
- enable_vblank
- Optional, called by drm_crtc_funcs.enable_vblank. Please read the documentation for thedrm_crtc_funcs.enable_vblankhook for more details.
- disable_vblank
- Optional, called by drm_crtc_funcs.disable_vblank. Please read the documentation for thedrm_crtc_funcs.disable_vblankhook for more details.
- 
struct drm_simple_display_pipe¶
- simple display pipeline 
Definition
struct drm_simple_display_pipe {
  struct drm_crtc crtc;
  struct drm_plane plane;
  struct drm_encoder encoder;
  struct drm_connector *connector;
  const struct drm_simple_display_pipe_funcs *funcs;
};
Members
- crtc
- CRTC control structure
- plane
- Plane control structure
- encoder
- Encoder control structure
- connector
- Connector control structure
- funcs
- Pipeline control functions (optional)
Description
Simple display pipeline with plane, crtc and encoder collapsed into one
entity. It should be initialized by calling drm_simple_display_pipe_init().
- 
int drm_simple_display_pipe_attach_bridge(struct drm_simple_display_pipe * pipe, struct drm_bridge * bridge)¶
- Attach a bridge to the display pipe 
Parameters
- struct drm_simple_display_pipe * pipe
- simple display pipe object
- struct drm_bridge * bridge
- bridge to attach
Description
Makes it possible to still use the drm_simple_display_pipe helpers when a DRM bridge has to be used.
Note that you probably want to initialize the pipe by passing a NULL
connector to drm_simple_display_pipe_init().
Return
Zero on success, negative error code on failure.
- 
int drm_simple_display_pipe_init(struct drm_device * dev, struct drm_simple_display_pipe * pipe, const struct drm_simple_display_pipe_funcs * funcs, const uint32_t * formats, unsigned int format_count, const uint64_t * format_modifiers, struct drm_connector * connector)¶
- Initialize a simple display pipeline 
Parameters
- struct drm_device * dev
- DRM device
- struct drm_simple_display_pipe * pipe
- simple display pipe object to initialize
- const struct drm_simple_display_pipe_funcs * funcs
- callbacks for the display pipe (optional)
- const uint32_t * formats
- array of supported formats (DRM_FORMAT_*)
- unsigned int format_count
- number of elements in formats
- const uint64_t * format_modifiers
- array of formats modifiers
- struct drm_connector * connector
- connector to attach and register (optional)
Description
Sets up a display pipeline which consist of a really simple plane-crtc-encoder pipe.
If a connector is supplied, the pipe will be coupled with the provided
connector. You may supply a NULL connector when using drm bridges, that
handle connectors themselves (see drm_simple_display_pipe_attach_bridge()).
Teardown of a simple display pipe is all handled automatically by the drm
core through calling drm_mode_config_cleanup(). Drivers afterwards need to
release the memory for the structure themselves.
Return
Zero on success, negative error code on failure.
fbdev Helper Functions Reference¶
The fb helper functions are useful to provide an fbdev on top of a drm kernel mode setting driver. They can be used mostly independently from the crtc helper functions used by many drivers to implement the kernel mode setting interfaces.
Drivers that support a dumb buffer with a virtual address and mmap support,
should try out the generic fbdev emulation using drm_fbdev_generic_setup().
It will automatically set up deferred I/O if the driver requires a shadow
buffer.
For other drivers, setup fbdev emulation by calling
drm_fb_helper_fbdev_setup() and tear it down by calling
drm_fb_helper_fbdev_teardown().
At runtime drivers should restore the fbdev console by using
drm_fb_helper_lastclose() as their drm_driver.lastclose callback.
They should also notify the fb helper code from updates to the output
configuration by using drm_fb_helper_output_poll_changed() as their
drm_mode_config_funcs.output_poll_changed callback.
For suspend/resume consider using drm_mode_config_helper_suspend() and
drm_mode_config_helper_resume() which takes care of fbdev as well.
All other functions exported by the fb helper library can be used to implement the fbdev driver interface by the driver.
It is possible, though perhaps somewhat tricky, to implement race-free
hotplug detection using the fbdev helpers. The drm_fb_helper_prepare()
helper must be called first to initialize the minimum required to make
hotplug detection work. Drivers also need to make sure to properly set up
the drm_mode_config.funcs member. After calling drm_kms_helper_poll_init()
it is safe to enable interrupts and start processing hotplug events. At the
same time, drivers should initialize all modeset objects such as CRTCs,
encoders and connectors. To finish up the fbdev helper initialization, the
drm_fb_helper_init() function is called. To probe for all attached displays
and set up an initial configuration using the detected hardware, drivers
should call drm_fb_helper_initial_config().
If drm_framebuffer_funcs.dirty is set, the
drm_fb_helper_{cfb,sys}_{write,fillrect,copyarea,imageblit} functions will
accumulate changes and schedule drm_fb_helper.dirty_work to run right
away. This worker then calls the dirty() function ensuring that it will
always run in process context since the fb_*() function could be running in
atomic context. If drm_fb_helper_deferred_io() is used as the deferred_io
callback it will also schedule dirty_work with the damage collected from the
mmap page writes.
Deferred I/O is not compatible with SHMEM. Such drivers should request an
fbdev shadow buffer and call drm_fbdev_generic_setup() instead.
- 
struct drm_fb_helper_surface_size¶
- describes fbdev size and scanout surface size 
Definition
struct drm_fb_helper_surface_size {
  u32 fb_width;
  u32 fb_height;
  u32 surface_width;
  u32 surface_height;
  u32 surface_bpp;
  u32 surface_depth;
};
Members
- fb_width
- fbdev width
- fb_height
- fbdev height
- surface_width
- scanout buffer width
- surface_height
- scanout buffer height
- surface_bpp
- scanout buffer bpp
- surface_depth
- scanout buffer depth
Description
Note that the scanout surface width/height may be larger than the fbdev
width/height.  In case of multiple displays, the scanout surface is sized
according to the largest width/height (so it is large enough for all CRTCs
to scanout).  But the fbdev width/height is sized to the minimum width/
height of all the displays.  This ensures that fbcon fits on the smallest
of the attached displays. fb_width/fb_height is used by
drm_fb_helper_fill_info() to fill out the fb_info.var structure.
- 
struct drm_fb_helper_funcs¶
- driver callbacks for the fbdev emulation library 
Definition
struct drm_fb_helper_funcs {
  int (*fb_probe)(struct drm_fb_helper *helper, struct drm_fb_helper_surface_size *sizes);
};
Members
- fb_probe
- Driver callback to allocate and initialize the fbdev info structure. Furthermore it also needs to allocate the DRM framebuffer used to back the fbdev. - This callback is mandatory. - RETURNS: - The driver should return 0 on success and a negative error code on failure. 
Description
Driver callbacks used by the fbdev emulation helper library.
- 
struct drm_fb_helper¶
- main structure to emulate fbdev on top of KMS 
Definition
struct drm_fb_helper {
  struct drm_client_dev client;
  struct drm_client_buffer *buffer;
  struct drm_framebuffer *fb;
  struct drm_device *dev;
  const struct drm_fb_helper_funcs *funcs;
  struct fb_info *fbdev;
  u32 pseudo_palette[17];
  struct drm_clip_rect dirty_clip;
  spinlock_t dirty_lock;
  struct work_struct dirty_work;
  struct work_struct resume_work;
  struct mutex lock;
  struct list_head kernel_fb_list;
  bool delayed_hotplug;
  bool deferred_setup;
  int preferred_bpp;
};
Members
- client
- DRM client used by the generic fbdev emulation.
- buffer
- Framebuffer used by the generic fbdev emulation.
- fb
- Scanout framebuffer object
- dev
- DRM device
- funcs
- driver callbacks for fb helper
- fbdev
- emulated fbdev device info struct
- pseudo_palette
- fake palette of 16 colors
- dirty_clip
- clip rectangle used with deferred_io to accumulate damage to the screen buffer
- dirty_lock
- spinlock protecting dirty_clip
- dirty_work
- worker used to flush the framebuffer
- resume_work
- worker used during resume if the console lock is already taken
- lock
- Top-level FBDEV helper lock. This protects all internal data structures and lists, such as connector_info and crtc_info. - FIXME: fbdev emulation locking is a mess and long term we want to protect all helper internal state with this lock as well as reduce core KMS locking as much as possible. 
- kernel_fb_list
- Entry on the global kernel_fb_helper_list, used for kgdb entry/exit.
- delayed_hotplug
- A hotplug was received while fbdev wasn’t in control of the DRM device, i.e. another KMS master was active. The output configuration needs to be reprobe when fbdev is in control again.
- deferred_setup
- If no outputs are connected (disconnected or unknown) the FB helper code will defer setup until at least one of the outputs shows up. This field keeps track of the status so that setup can be retried at every hotplug event until it succeeds eventually. - Protected by lock. 
- preferred_bpp
- Temporary storage for the driver’s preferred BPP setting passed to FB helper initialization. This needs to be tracked so that deferred FB helper setup can pass this on. - See also: deferred_setup 
Description
This is the main structure used by the fbdev helpers. Drivers supporting
fbdev emulation should embedded this into their overall driver structure.
Drivers must also fill out a struct drm_fb_helper_funcs with a few
operations.
- 
DRM_FB_HELPER_DEFAULT_OPS()¶
- helper define for drm drivers 
Parameters
Description
Helper define to register default implementations of drm_fb_helper functions. To be used in struct fb_ops of drm drivers.
- 
int drm_fb_helper_remove_conflicting_framebuffers(struct apertures_struct * a, const char * name, bool primary)¶
- remove firmware-configured framebuffers 
Parameters
- struct apertures_struct * a
- memory range, users of which are to be removed
- const char * name
- requesting driver name
- bool primary
- also kick vga16fb if present
Description
This function removes framebuffer devices (initialized by firmware/bootloader) which use memory range described by a. If a is NULL all such devices are removed.
- 
int drm_fb_helper_remove_conflicting_pci_framebuffers(struct pci_dev * pdev, const char * name)¶
- remove firmware-configured framebuffers for PCI devices 
Parameters
- struct pci_dev * pdev
- PCI device
- const char * name
- requesting driver name
Description
This function removes framebuffer devices (eg. initialized by firmware) using memory range configured for any of pdev’s memory bars.
The function assumes that PCI device with shadowed ROM drives a primary display and so kicks out vga16fb.
- 
int drm_fb_helper_debug_enter(struct fb_info * info)¶
- implementation for - fb_ops.fb_debug_enter
Parameters
- struct fb_info * info
- fbdev registered by the helper
- 
int drm_fb_helper_debug_leave(struct fb_info * info)¶
- implementation for - fb_ops.fb_debug_leave
Parameters
- struct fb_info * info
- fbdev registered by the helper
- 
int drm_fb_helper_restore_fbdev_mode_unlocked(struct drm_fb_helper * fb_helper)¶
- restore fbdev configuration 
Parameters
- struct drm_fb_helper * fb_helper
- driver-allocated fbdev helper, can be NULL
Description
This should be called from driver’s drm drm_driver.lastclose callback
when implementing an fbcon on top of kms using this helper. This ensures that
the user isn’t greeted with a black screen when e.g. X dies.
Return
Zero if everything went ok, negative error code otherwise.
- 
int drm_fb_helper_blank(int blank, struct fb_info * info)¶
- implementation for - fb_ops.fb_blank
Parameters
- int blank
- desired blanking state
- struct fb_info * info
- fbdev registered by the helper
- 
void drm_fb_helper_prepare(struct drm_device * dev, struct drm_fb_helper * helper, const struct drm_fb_helper_funcs * funcs)¶
- setup a drm_fb_helper structure 
Parameters
- struct drm_device * dev
- DRM device
- struct drm_fb_helper * helper
- driver-allocated fbdev helper structure to set up
- const struct drm_fb_helper_funcs * funcs
- pointer to structure of functions associate with this helper
Description
Sets up the bare minimum to make the framebuffer helper usable. This is useful to implement race-free initialization of the polling helpers.
- 
int drm_fb_helper_init(struct drm_device * dev, struct drm_fb_helper * fb_helper, int max_conn_count)¶
- initialize a - struct drm_fb_helper
Parameters
- struct drm_device * dev
- drm device
- struct drm_fb_helper * fb_helper
- driver-allocated fbdev helper structure to initialize
- int max_conn_count
- max connector count (not used)
Description
This allocates the structures for the fbdev helper with the given limits.
Note that this won’t yet touch the hardware (through the driver interfaces)
nor register the fbdev. This is only done in drm_fb_helper_initial_config()
to allow driver writes more control over the exact init sequence.
Drivers must call drm_fb_helper_prepare() before calling this function.
Return
Zero if everything went ok, nonzero otherwise.
- 
struct fb_info * drm_fb_helper_alloc_fbi(struct drm_fb_helper * fb_helper)¶
- allocate fb_info and some of its members 
Parameters
- struct drm_fb_helper * fb_helper
- driver-allocated fbdev helper
Description
A helper to alloc fb_info and the members cmap and apertures. Called
by the driver within the fb_probe fb_helper callback function. Drivers do not
need to release the allocated fb_info structure themselves, this is
automatically done when calling drm_fb_helper_fini().
Return
fb_info pointer if things went okay, pointer containing error code otherwise
- 
void drm_fb_helper_unregister_fbi(struct drm_fb_helper * fb_helper)¶
- unregister fb_info framebuffer device 
Parameters
- struct drm_fb_helper * fb_helper
- driver-allocated fbdev helper, can be NULL
Description
A wrapper around unregister_framebuffer, to release the fb_info
framebuffer device. This must be called before releasing all resources for
fb_helper by calling drm_fb_helper_fini().
- 
void drm_fb_helper_fini(struct drm_fb_helper * fb_helper)¶
- finialize a - struct drm_fb_helper
Parameters
- struct drm_fb_helper * fb_helper
- driver-allocated fbdev helper, can be NULL
Description
This cleans up all remaining resources associated with fb_helper. Must be
called after drm_fb_helper_unlink_fbi() was called.
- 
void drm_fb_helper_unlink_fbi(struct drm_fb_helper * fb_helper)¶
- wrapper around unlink_framebuffer 
Parameters
- struct drm_fb_helper * fb_helper
- driver-allocated fbdev helper, can be NULL
Description
A wrapper around unlink_framebuffer implemented by fbdev core
- 
void drm_fb_helper_deferred_io(struct fb_info * info, struct list_head * pagelist)¶
- fbdev deferred_io callback function 
Parameters
- struct fb_info * info
- fb_info struct pointer
- struct list_head * pagelist
- list of dirty mmap framebuffer pages
Description
This function is used as the fb_deferred_io.deferred_io
callback function for flushing the fbdev mmap writes.
- 
ssize_t drm_fb_helper_sys_read(struct fb_info * info, char __user * buf, size_t count, loff_t * ppos)¶
- wrapper around fb_sys_read 
Parameters
- struct fb_info * info
- fb_info struct pointer
- char __user * buf
- userspace buffer to read from framebuffer memory
- size_t count
- number of bytes to read from framebuffer memory
- loff_t * ppos
- read offset within framebuffer memory
Description
A wrapper around fb_sys_read implemented by fbdev core
- 
ssize_t drm_fb_helper_sys_write(struct fb_info * info, const char __user * buf, size_t count, loff_t * ppos)¶
- wrapper around fb_sys_write 
Parameters
- struct fb_info * info
- fb_info struct pointer
- const char __user * buf
- userspace buffer to write to framebuffer memory
- size_t count
- number of bytes to write to framebuffer memory
- loff_t * ppos
- write offset within framebuffer memory
Description
A wrapper around fb_sys_write implemented by fbdev core
- 
void drm_fb_helper_sys_fillrect(struct fb_info * info, const struct fb_fillrect * rect)¶
- wrapper around sys_fillrect 
Parameters
- struct fb_info * info
- fbdev registered by the helper
- const struct fb_fillrect * rect
- info about rectangle to fill
Description
A wrapper around sys_fillrect implemented by fbdev core
- 
void drm_fb_helper_sys_copyarea(struct fb_info * info, const struct fb_copyarea * area)¶
- wrapper around sys_copyarea 
Parameters
- struct fb_info * info
- fbdev registered by the helper
- const struct fb_copyarea * area
- info about area to copy
Description
A wrapper around sys_copyarea implemented by fbdev core
- 
void drm_fb_helper_sys_imageblit(struct fb_info * info, const struct fb_image * image)¶
- wrapper around sys_imageblit 
Parameters
- struct fb_info * info
- fbdev registered by the helper
- const struct fb_image * image
- info about image to blit
Description
A wrapper around sys_imageblit implemented by fbdev core
- 
void drm_fb_helper_cfb_fillrect(struct fb_info * info, const struct fb_fillrect * rect)¶
- wrapper around cfb_fillrect 
Parameters
- struct fb_info * info
- fbdev registered by the helper
- const struct fb_fillrect * rect
- info about rectangle to fill
Description
A wrapper around cfb_fillrect implemented by fbdev core
- 
void drm_fb_helper_cfb_copyarea(struct fb_info * info, const struct fb_copyarea * area)¶
- wrapper around cfb_copyarea 
Parameters
- struct fb_info * info
- fbdev registered by the helper
- const struct fb_copyarea * area
- info about area to copy
Description
A wrapper around cfb_copyarea implemented by fbdev core
- 
void drm_fb_helper_cfb_imageblit(struct fb_info * info, const struct fb_image * image)¶
- wrapper around cfb_imageblit 
Parameters
- struct fb_info * info
- fbdev registered by the helper
- const struct fb_image * image
- info about image to blit
Description
A wrapper around cfb_imageblit implemented by fbdev core
- 
void drm_fb_helper_set_suspend(struct drm_fb_helper * fb_helper, bool suspend)¶
- wrapper around fb_set_suspend 
Parameters
- struct drm_fb_helper * fb_helper
- driver-allocated fbdev helper, can be NULL
- bool suspend
- whether to suspend or resume
Description
A wrapper around fb_set_suspend implemented by fbdev core.
Use drm_fb_helper_set_suspend_unlocked() if you don’t need to take
the lock yourself
- 
void drm_fb_helper_set_suspend_unlocked(struct drm_fb_helper * fb_helper, bool suspend)¶
- wrapper around fb_set_suspend that also takes the console lock 
Parameters
- struct drm_fb_helper * fb_helper
- driver-allocated fbdev helper, can be NULL
- bool suspend
- whether to suspend or resume
Description
A wrapper around fb_set_suspend() that takes the console lock. If the lock
isn’t available on resume, a worker is tasked with waiting for the lock
to become available. The console lock can be pretty contented on resume
due to all the printk activity.
This function can be called multiple times with the same state since
fb_info.state is checked to see if fbdev is running or not before locking.
Use drm_fb_helper_set_suspend() if you need to take the lock yourself.
- 
int drm_fb_helper_setcmap(struct fb_cmap * cmap, struct fb_info * info)¶
- implementation for - fb_ops.fb_setcmap
Parameters
- struct fb_cmap * cmap
- cmap to set
- struct fb_info * info
- fbdev registered by the helper
- 
int drm_fb_helper_ioctl(struct fb_info * info, unsigned int cmd, unsigned long arg)¶
- legacy ioctl implementation 
Parameters
- struct fb_info * info
- fbdev registered by the helper
- unsigned int cmd
- ioctl command
- unsigned long arg
- ioctl argument
Description
A helper to implement the standard fbdev ioctl. Only FBIO_WAITFORVSYNC is implemented for now.
- 
int drm_fb_helper_check_var(struct fb_var_screeninfo * var, struct fb_info * info)¶
- implementation for - fb_ops.fb_check_var
Parameters
- struct fb_var_screeninfo * var
- screeninfo to check
- struct fb_info * info
- fbdev registered by the helper
- 
int drm_fb_helper_set_par(struct fb_info * info)¶
- implementation for - fb_ops.fb_set_par
Parameters
- struct fb_info * info
- fbdev registered by the helper
Description
This will let fbcon do the mode init and is called at initialization time by the fbdev core when registering the driver, and later on through the hotplug callback.
- 
int drm_fb_helper_pan_display(struct fb_var_screeninfo * var, struct fb_info * info)¶
- implementation for - fb_ops.fb_pan_display
Parameters
- struct fb_var_screeninfo * var
- updated screen information
- struct fb_info * info
- fbdev registered by the helper
- 
void drm_fb_helper_fill_info(struct fb_info * info, struct drm_fb_helper * fb_helper, struct drm_fb_helper_surface_size * sizes)¶
- initializes fbdev information 
Parameters
- struct fb_info * info
- fbdev instance to set up
- struct drm_fb_helper * fb_helper
- fb helper instance to use as template
- struct drm_fb_helper_surface_size * sizes
- describes fbdev size and scanout surface size
Description
Sets up the variable and fixed fbdev metainformation from the given fb helper
instance and the drm framebuffer allocated in drm_fb_helper.fb.
Drivers should call this (or their equivalent setup code) from their
drm_fb_helper_funcs.fb_probe callback after having allocated the fbdev
backing storage framebuffer.
- 
int drm_fb_helper_initial_config(struct drm_fb_helper * fb_helper, int bpp_sel)¶
- setup a sane initial connector configuration 
Parameters
- struct drm_fb_helper * fb_helper
- fb_helper device struct
- int bpp_sel
- bpp value to use for the framebuffer configuration
Description
Scans the CRTCs and connectors and tries to put together an initial setup. At the moment, this is a cloned configuration across all heads with a new framebuffer object as the backing store.
Note that this also registers the fbdev and so allows userspace to call into the driver through the fbdev interfaces.
This function will call down into the drm_fb_helper_funcs.fb_probe callback
to let the driver allocate and initialize the fbdev info structure and the
drm framebuffer used to back the fbdev. drm_fb_helper_fill_info() is provided
as a helper to setup simple default values for the fbdev info structure.
HANG DEBUGGING:
When you have fbcon support built-in or already loaded, this function will do
a full modeset to setup the fbdev console. Due to locking misdesign in the
VT/fbdev subsystem that entire modeset sequence has to be done while holding
console_lock. Until console_unlock is called no dmesg lines will be sent out
to consoles, not even serial console. This means when your driver crashes,
you will see absolutely nothing else but a system stuck in this function,
with no further output. Any kind of printk() you place within your own driver
or in the drm core modeset code will also never show up.
Standard debug practice is to run the fbcon setup without taking the console_lock as a hack, to be able to see backtraces and crashes on the serial line. This can be done by setting the fb.lockless_register_fb=1 kernel cmdline option.
The other option is to just disable fbdev emulation since very likely the first modeset from userspace will crash in the same way, and is even easier to debug. This can be done by setting the drm_kms_helper.fbdev_emulation=0 kernel cmdline option.
Return
Zero if everything went ok, nonzero otherwise.
- 
int drm_fb_helper_hotplug_event(struct drm_fb_helper * fb_helper)¶
- respond to a hotplug notification by probing all the outputs attached to the fb 
Parameters
- struct drm_fb_helper * fb_helper
- driver-allocated fbdev helper, can be NULL
Description
Scan the connectors attached to the fb_helper and try to put together a setup after notification of a change in output configuration.
Called at runtime, takes the mode config locks to be able to check/change the modeset configuration. Must be run from process context (which usually means either the output polling work or a work item launched from the driver’s hotplug interrupt).
Note that drivers may call this even before calling drm_fb_helper_initial_config but only after drm_fb_helper_init. This allows for a race-free fbcon setup and will make sure that the fbdev emulation will not miss any hotplug events.
Return
0 on success and a non-zero error code otherwise.
- 
int drm_fb_helper_fbdev_setup(struct drm_device * dev, struct drm_fb_helper * fb_helper, const struct drm_fb_helper_funcs * funcs, unsigned int preferred_bpp, unsigned int max_conn_count)¶
- Setup fbdev emulation 
Parameters
- struct drm_device * dev
- DRM device
- struct drm_fb_helper * fb_helper
- fbdev helper structure to set up
- const struct drm_fb_helper_funcs * funcs
- fbdev helper functions
- unsigned int preferred_bpp
- Preferred bits per pixel for the device. dev->mode_config.preferred_depth is used if this is zero.
- unsigned int max_conn_count
- Maximum number of connectors (not used)
Description
This function sets up fbdev emulation and registers fbdev for access by
userspace. If all connectors are disconnected, setup is deferred to the next
time drm_fb_helper_hotplug_event() is called.
The caller must to provide a drm_fb_helper_funcs->fb_probe callback
function.
Use drm_fb_helper_fbdev_teardown() to destroy the fbdev.
See also: drm_fb_helper_initial_config(), drm_fbdev_generic_setup().
Return
Zero on success or negative error code on failure.
- 
void drm_fb_helper_fbdev_teardown(struct drm_device * dev)¶
- Tear down fbdev emulation 
Parameters
- struct drm_device * dev
- DRM device
Description
This function unregisters fbdev if not already done and cleans up the
associated resources including the drm_framebuffer.
The driver is responsible for freeing the drm_fb_helper structure which is
stored in drm_device->fb_helper. Do note that this pointer has been cleared
when this function returns.
In order to support device removal/unplug while file handles are still open,
drm_fb_helper_unregister_fbi() should be called on device removal and
drm_fb_helper_fbdev_teardown() in the drm_driver->release callback when
file handles are closed.
- 
void drm_fb_helper_lastclose(struct drm_device * dev)¶
- DRM driver lastclose helper for fbdev emulation 
Parameters
- struct drm_device * dev
- DRM device
Description
This function can be used as the drm_driver->lastclose callback for drivers
that only need to call drm_fb_helper_restore_fbdev_mode_unlocked().
- 
void drm_fb_helper_output_poll_changed(struct drm_device * dev)¶
- DRM mode config .output_poll_changed helper for fbdev emulation 
Parameters
- struct drm_device * dev
- DRM device
Description
This function can be used as the
drm_mode_config_funcs.output_poll_changed callback for drivers that only
need to call drm_fb_helper_hotplug_event().
- 
int drm_fb_helper_generic_probe(struct drm_fb_helper * fb_helper, struct drm_fb_helper_surface_size * sizes)¶
- Generic fbdev emulation probe helper 
Parameters
- struct drm_fb_helper * fb_helper
- fbdev helper structure
- struct drm_fb_helper_surface_size * sizes
- describes fbdev size and scanout surface size
Description
This function uses the client API to create a framebuffer backed by a dumb buffer.
The _sys_ versions are used for fb_ops.fb_read, fb_write, fb_fillrect,
fb_copyarea, fb_imageblit.
Return
Zero on success or negative error code on failure.
- 
int drm_fbdev_generic_setup(struct drm_device * dev, unsigned int preferred_bpp)¶
- Setup generic fbdev emulation 
Parameters
- struct drm_device * dev
- DRM device
- unsigned int preferred_bpp
- Preferred bits per pixel for the device. dev->mode_config.preferred_depth is used if this is zero.
Description
This function sets up generic fbdev emulation for drivers that supports
dumb buffers with a virtual address and that can be mmap’ed. If the driver
does not support these functions, it could use drm_fb_helper_fbdev_setup().
Restore, hotplug events and teardown are all taken care of. Drivers that do
suspend/resume need to call drm_fb_helper_set_suspend_unlocked() themselves.
Simple drivers might use drm_mode_config_helper_suspend().
Drivers that set the dirty callback on their framebuffer will get a shadow fbdev buffer that is blitted onto the real buffer. This is done in order to make deferred I/O work with all kinds of buffers. A shadow buffer can be requested explicitly by setting struct drm_mode_config.prefer_shadow or struct drm_mode_config.prefer_shadow_fbdev to true beforehand. This is required to use generic fbdev emulation with SHMEM helpers.
This function is safe to call even when there are no connectors present. Setup will be retried on the next hotplug event.
The fbdev is destroyed by drm_dev_unregister().
Return
Zero on success or negative error code on failure.
format Helper Functions Reference¶
- 
void drm_fb_memcpy(void * dst, void * vaddr, struct drm_framebuffer * fb, struct drm_rect * clip)¶
- Copy clip buffer 
Parameters
- void * dst
- Destination buffer
- void * vaddr
- Source buffer
- struct drm_framebuffer * fb
- DRM framebuffer
- struct drm_rect * clip
- Clip rectangle area to copy
Description
This function does not apply clipping on dst, i.e. the destination is a small buffer containing the clip rect only.
- 
void drm_fb_memcpy_dstclip(void __iomem * dst, void * vaddr, struct drm_framebuffer * fb, struct drm_rect * clip)¶
- Copy clip buffer 
Parameters
- void __iomem * dst
- Destination buffer (iomem)
- void * vaddr
- Source buffer
- struct drm_framebuffer * fb
- DRM framebuffer
- struct drm_rect * clip
- Clip rectangle area to copy
Description
This function applies clipping on dst, i.e. the destination is a full (iomem) framebuffer but only the clip rect content is copied over.
- 
void drm_fb_swab16(u16 * dst, void * vaddr, struct drm_framebuffer * fb, struct drm_rect * clip)¶
- Swap bytes into clip buffer 
Parameters
- u16 * dst
- RGB565 destination buffer
- void * vaddr
- RGB565 source buffer
- struct drm_framebuffer * fb
- DRM framebuffer
- struct drm_rect * clip
- Clip rectangle area to copy
- 
void drm_fb_xrgb8888_to_rgb565(void * dst, void * vaddr, struct drm_framebuffer * fb, struct drm_rect * clip, bool swab)¶
- Convert XRGB8888 to RGB565 clip buffer 
Parameters
- void * dst
- RGB565 destination buffer
- void * vaddr
- XRGB8888 source buffer
- struct drm_framebuffer * fb
- DRM framebuffer
- struct drm_rect * clip
- Clip rectangle area to copy
- bool swab
- Swap bytes
Description
Drivers can use this function for RGB565 devices that don’t natively support XRGB8888.
This function does not apply clipping on dst, i.e. the destination is a small buffer containing the clip rect only.
- 
void drm_fb_xrgb8888_to_rgb565_dstclip(void __iomem * dst, unsigned int dst_pitch, void * vaddr, struct drm_framebuffer * fb, struct drm_rect * clip, bool swab)¶
- Convert XRGB8888 to RGB565 clip buffer 
Parameters
- void __iomem * dst
- RGB565 destination buffer (iomem)
- unsigned int dst_pitch
- destination buffer pitch
- void * vaddr
- XRGB8888 source buffer
- struct drm_framebuffer * fb
- DRM framebuffer
- struct drm_rect * clip
- Clip rectangle area to copy
- bool swab
- Swap bytes
Description
Drivers can use this function for RGB565 devices that don’t natively support XRGB8888.
This function applies clipping on dst, i.e. the destination is a full (iomem) framebuffer but only the clip rect content is copied over.
- 
void drm_fb_xrgb8888_to_rgb888_dstclip(void __iomem * dst, unsigned int dst_pitch, void * vaddr, struct drm_framebuffer * fb, struct drm_rect * clip)¶
- Convert XRGB8888 to RGB888 clip buffer 
Parameters
- void __iomem * dst
- RGB565 destination buffer (iomem)
- unsigned int dst_pitch
- destination buffer pitch
- void * vaddr
- XRGB8888 source buffer
- struct drm_framebuffer * fb
- DRM framebuffer
- struct drm_rect * clip
- Clip rectangle area to copy
Description
Drivers can use this function for RGB888 devices that don’t natively support XRGB8888.
This function applies clipping on dst, i.e. the destination is a full (iomem) framebuffer but only the clip rect content is copied over.
- 
void drm_fb_xrgb8888_to_gray8(u8 * dst, void * vaddr, struct drm_framebuffer * fb, struct drm_rect * clip)¶
- Convert XRGB8888 to grayscale 
Parameters
- u8 * dst
- 8-bit grayscale destination buffer
- void * vaddr
- XRGB8888 source buffer
- struct drm_framebuffer * fb
- DRM framebuffer
- struct drm_rect * clip
- Clip rectangle area to copy
Description
Drm doesn’t have native monochrome or grayscale support. Such drivers can announce the commonly supported XR24 format to userspace and use this function to convert to the native format.
Monochrome drivers will use the most significant bit, where 1 means foreground color and 0 background color.
ITU BT.601 is used for the RGB -> luma (brightness) conversion.
Framebuffer CMA Helper Functions Reference¶
Provides helper functions for creating a cma (contiguous memory allocator) backed framebuffer.
drm_gem_fb_create() is used in the drm_mode_config_funcs.fb_create
callback function to create a cma backed framebuffer.
- 
struct drm_gem_cma_object * drm_fb_cma_get_gem_obj(struct drm_framebuffer * fb, unsigned int plane)¶
- Get CMA GEM object for framebuffer 
Parameters
- struct drm_framebuffer * fb
- The framebuffer
- unsigned int plane
- Which plane
Description
Return the CMA GEM object for given framebuffer.
This function will usually be called from the CRTC callback functions.
- 
dma_addr_t drm_fb_cma_get_gem_addr(struct drm_framebuffer * fb, struct drm_plane_state * state, unsigned int plane)¶
- Get physical address for framebuffer, for pixel formats where values are grouped in blocks this will get you the beginning of the block 
Parameters
- struct drm_framebuffer * fb
- The framebuffer
- struct drm_plane_state * state
- Which state of drm plane
- unsigned int plane
- Which plane Return the CMA GEM address for given framebuffer.
Description
This function will usually be called from the PLANE callback functions.
Framebuffer GEM Helper Reference¶
This library provides helpers for drivers that don’t subclass
drm_framebuffer and use drm_gem_object for their backing storage.
Drivers without additional needs to validate framebuffers can simply use
drm_gem_fb_create() and everything is wired up automatically. Other drivers
can use all parts independently.
- 
struct drm_gem_object * drm_gem_fb_get_obj(struct drm_framebuffer * fb, unsigned int plane)¶
- Get GEM object backing the framebuffer 
Parameters
- struct drm_framebuffer * fb
- Framebuffer
- unsigned int plane
- Plane index
Description
No additional reference is taken beyond the one that the drm_frambuffer
already holds.
Return
Pointer to drm_gem_object for the given framebuffer and plane index or NULL
if it does not exist.
- 
void drm_gem_fb_destroy(struct drm_framebuffer * fb)¶
- Free GEM backed framebuffer 
Parameters
- struct drm_framebuffer * fb
- Framebuffer
Description
Frees a GEM backed framebuffer with its backing buffer(s) and the structure
itself. Drivers can use this as their drm_framebuffer_funcs->destroy
callback.
- 
int drm_gem_fb_create_handle(struct drm_framebuffer * fb, struct drm_file * file, unsigned int * handle)¶
- Create handle for GEM backed framebuffer 
Parameters
- struct drm_framebuffer * fb
- Framebuffer
- struct drm_file * file
- DRM file to register the handle for
- unsigned int * handle
- Pointer to return the created handle
Description
This function creates a handle for the GEM object backing the framebuffer.
Drivers can use this as their drm_framebuffer_funcs->create_handle
callback. The GETFB IOCTL calls into this callback.
Return
0 on success or a negative error code on failure.
- 
struct drm_framebuffer * drm_gem_fb_create_with_funcs(struct drm_device * dev, struct drm_file * file, const struct drm_mode_fb_cmd2 * mode_cmd, const struct drm_framebuffer_funcs * funcs)¶
- Helper function for the - drm_mode_config_funcs.fb_createcallback
Parameters
- struct drm_device * dev
- DRM device
- struct drm_file * file
- DRM file that holds the GEM handle(s) backing the framebuffer
- const struct drm_mode_fb_cmd2 * mode_cmd
- Metadata from the userspace framebuffer creation request
- const struct drm_framebuffer_funcs * funcs
- vtable to be used for the new framebuffer object
Description
This function can be used to set drm_framebuffer_funcs for drivers that need
custom framebuffer callbacks. Use drm_gem_fb_create() if you don’t need to
change drm_framebuffer_funcs. The function does buffer size validation.
Return
Pointer to a drm_framebuffer on success or an error pointer on failure.
- 
struct drm_framebuffer * drm_gem_fb_create(struct drm_device * dev, struct drm_file * file, const struct drm_mode_fb_cmd2 * mode_cmd)¶
- Helper function for the - drm_mode_config_funcs.fb_createcallback
Parameters
- struct drm_device * dev
- DRM device
- struct drm_file * file
- DRM file that holds the GEM handle(s) backing the framebuffer
- const struct drm_mode_fb_cmd2 * mode_cmd
- Metadata from the userspace framebuffer creation request
Description
This function creates a new framebuffer object described by
drm_mode_fb_cmd2. This description includes handles for the buffer(s)
backing the framebuffer.
If your hardware has special alignment or pitch requirements these should be
checked before calling this function. The function does buffer size
validation. Use drm_gem_fb_create_with_dirty() if you need framebuffer
flushing.
Drivers can use this as their drm_mode_config_funcs.fb_create callback.
The ADDFB2 IOCTL calls into this callback.
Return
Pointer to a drm_framebuffer on success or an error pointer on failure.
- 
struct drm_framebuffer * drm_gem_fb_create_with_dirty(struct drm_device * dev, struct drm_file * file, const struct drm_mode_fb_cmd2 * mode_cmd)¶
- Helper function for the - drm_mode_config_funcs.fb_createcallback
Parameters
- struct drm_device * dev
- DRM device
- struct drm_file * file
- DRM file that holds the GEM handle(s) backing the framebuffer
- const struct drm_mode_fb_cmd2 * mode_cmd
- Metadata from the userspace framebuffer creation request
Description
This function creates a new framebuffer object described by
drm_mode_fb_cmd2. This description includes handles for the buffer(s)
backing the framebuffer. drm_atomic_helper_dirtyfb() is used for the dirty
callback giving framebuffer flushing through the atomic machinery. Use
drm_gem_fb_create() if you don’t need the dirty callback.
The function does buffer size validation.
Drivers should also call drm_plane_enable_fb_damage_clips() on all planes
to enable userspace to use damage clips also with the ATOMIC IOCTL.
Drivers can use this as their drm_mode_config_funcs.fb_create callback.
The ADDFB2 IOCTL calls into this callback.
Return
Pointer to a drm_framebuffer on success or an error pointer on failure.
- 
int drm_gem_fb_prepare_fb(struct drm_plane * plane, struct drm_plane_state * state)¶
- Prepare a GEM backed framebuffer 
Parameters
- struct drm_plane * plane
- Plane
- struct drm_plane_state * state
- Plane state the fence will be attached to
Description
This function extracts the exclusive fence from drm_gem_object.resv and
attaches it to plane state for the atomic helper to wait on. This is
necessary to correctly implement implicit synchronization for any buffers
shared as a struct dma_buf. This function can be used as the
drm_plane_helper_funcs.prepare_fb callback.
There is no need for drm_plane_helper_funcs.cleanup_fb hook for simple
gem based framebuffer drivers which have their buffers always pinned in
memory.
See drm_atomic_set_fence_for_plane() for a discussion of implicit and
explicit fencing in atomic modeset updates.
- 
int drm_gem_fb_simple_display_pipe_prepare_fb(struct drm_simple_display_pipe * pipe, struct drm_plane_state * plane_state)¶
- prepare_fb helper for - drm_simple_display_pipe
Parameters
- struct drm_simple_display_pipe * pipe
- Simple display pipe
- struct drm_plane_state * plane_state
- Plane state
Description
This function uses drm_gem_fb_prepare_fb() to extract the exclusive fence
from drm_gem_object.resv and attaches it to plane state for the atomic
helper to wait on. This is necessary to correctly implement implicit
synchronization for any buffers shared as a struct dma_buf. Drivers can use
this as their drm_simple_display_pipe_funcs.prepare_fb callback.
See drm_atomic_set_fence_for_plane() for a discussion of implicit and
explicit fencing in atomic modeset updates.
Bridges¶
Overview¶
struct drm_bridge represents a device that hangs on to an encoder. These are
handy when a regular drm_encoder entity isn’t enough to represent the entire
encoder chain.
A bridge is always attached to a single drm_encoder at a time, but can be
either connected to it directly, or through an intermediate bridge:
encoder ---> bridge B ---> bridge A
Here, the output of the encoder feeds to bridge B, and that furthers feeds to bridge A.
The driver using the bridge is responsible to make the associations between
the encoder and bridges. Once these links are made, the bridges will
participate along with encoder functions to perform mode_set/enable/disable
through the ops provided in drm_bridge_funcs.
drm_bridge, like drm_panel, aren’t drm_mode_object entities like planes, CRTCs, encoders or connectors and hence are not visible to userspace. They just provide additional hooks to get the desired output at the end of the encoder chain.
Bridges can also be chained up using the drm_bridge.next pointer.
Both legacy CRTC helpers and the new atomic modeset helpers support bridges.
Default bridge callback sequence¶
The drm_bridge_funcs ops are populated by the bridge driver. The DRM
internals (atomic and CRTC helpers) use the helpers defined in drm_bridge.c
These helpers call a specific drm_bridge_funcs op for all the bridges
during encoder configuration.
For detailed specification of the bridge callbacks see drm_bridge_funcs.
Bridge Helper Reference¶
- 
struct drm_bridge_funcs¶
- drm_bridge control functions 
Definition
struct drm_bridge_funcs {
  int (*attach)(struct drm_bridge *bridge);
  void (*detach)(struct drm_bridge *bridge);
  enum drm_mode_status (*mode_valid)(struct drm_bridge *bridge, const struct drm_display_mode *mode);
  bool (*mode_fixup)(struct drm_bridge *bridge,const struct drm_display_mode *mode, struct drm_display_mode *adjusted_mode);
  void (*disable)(struct drm_bridge *bridge);
  void (*post_disable)(struct drm_bridge *bridge);
  void (*mode_set)(struct drm_bridge *bridge,const struct drm_display_mode *mode, const struct drm_display_mode *adjusted_mode);
  void (*pre_enable)(struct drm_bridge *bridge);
  void (*enable)(struct drm_bridge *bridge);
  void (*atomic_pre_enable)(struct drm_bridge *bridge, struct drm_atomic_state *state);
  void (*atomic_enable)(struct drm_bridge *bridge, struct drm_atomic_state *state);
  void (*atomic_disable)(struct drm_bridge *bridge, struct drm_atomic_state *state);
  void (*atomic_post_disable)(struct drm_bridge *bridge, struct drm_atomic_state *state);
};
Members
- attach
- This callback is invoked whenever our bridge is being attached to a - drm_encoder.- The attach callback is optional. - RETURNS: - Zero on success, error code on failure. 
- detach
- This callback is invoked whenever our bridge is being detached from a - drm_encoder.- The detach callback is optional. 
- mode_valid
- This callback is used to check if a specific mode is valid in this bridge. This should be implemented if the bridge has some sort of restriction in the modes it can display. For example, a given bridge may be responsible to set a clock value. If the clock can not produce all the values for the available modes then this callback can be used to restrict the number of modes to only the ones that can be displayed. - This hook is used by the probe helpers to filter the mode list in - drm_helper_probe_single_connector_modes(), and it is used by the atomic helpers to validate modes supplied by userspace in- drm_atomic_helper_check_modeset().- The mode_valid callback is optional. - NOTE: - Since this function is both called from the check phase of an atomic commit, and the mode validation in the probe paths it is not allowed to look at anything else but the passed-in mode, and validate it against configuration-invariant hardward constraints. Any further limits which depend upon the configuration can only be checked in mode_fixup. - RETURNS: - drm_mode_status Enum 
- mode_fixup
- This callback is used to validate and adjust a mode. The parameter mode is the display mode that should be fed to the next element in the display chain, either the final - drm_connectoror the next- drm_bridge. The parameter adjusted_mode is the input mode the bridge requires. It can be modified by this callback and does not need to match mode. See also- drm_crtc_state.adjusted_modefor more details.- This is the only hook that allows a bridge to reject a modeset. If this function passes all other callbacks must succeed for this configuration. - The mode_fixup callback is optional. - NOTE: - This function is called in the check phase of atomic modesets, which can be aborted for any reason (including on userspace’s request to just check whether a configuration would be possible). Drivers MUST NOT touch any persistent state (hardware or software) or data structures except the passed in state parameter. - Also beware that userspace can request its own custom modes, neither core nor helpers filter modes to the list of probe modes reported by the GETCONNECTOR IOCTL and stored in - drm_connector.modes. To ensure that modes are filtered consistently put any bridge constraints and limits checks into mode_valid.- RETURNS: - True if an acceptable configuration is possible, false if the modeset operation should be rejected. 
- disable
- This callback should disable the bridge. It is called right before the preceding element in the display pipe is disabled. If the preceding element is a bridge this means it’s called before that bridge’s disable vfunc. If the preceding element is a - drm_encoderit’s called right before the- drm_encoder_helper_funcs.disable,- drm_encoder_helper_funcs.prepareor- drm_encoder_helper_funcs.dpmshook.- The bridge can assume that the display pipe (i.e. clocks and timing signals) feeding it is still running when this callback is called. - The disable callback is optional. 
- post_disable
- This callback should disable the bridge. It is called right after the preceding element in the display pipe is disabled. If the preceding element is a bridge this means it’s called after that bridge’s post_disable function. If the preceding element is a - drm_encoderit’s called right after the encoder’s- drm_encoder_helper_funcs.disable,- drm_encoder_helper_funcs.prepareor- drm_encoder_helper_funcs.dpmshook.- The bridge must assume that the display pipe (i.e. clocks and timing singals) feeding it is no longer running when this callback is called. - The post_disable callback is optional. 
- mode_set
- This callback should set the given mode on the bridge. It is called after the mode_set callback for the preceding element in the display pipeline has been called already. If the bridge is the first element then this would be - drm_encoder_helper_funcs.mode_set. The display pipe (i.e. clocks and timing signals) is off when this function is called.- The adjusted_mode parameter is the mode output by the CRTC for the first bridge in the chain. It can be different from the mode parameter that contains the desired mode for the connector at the end of the bridges chain, for instance when the first bridge in the chain performs scaling. The adjusted mode is mostly useful for the first bridge in the chain and is likely irrelevant for the other bridges. - For atomic drivers the adjusted_mode is the mode stored in - drm_crtc_state.adjusted_mode.- NOTE: - If a need arises to store and access modes adjusted for other locations than the connection between the CRTC and the first bridge, the DRM framework will have to be extended with DRM bridge states. 
- pre_enable
- This callback should enable the bridge. It is called right before the preceding element in the display pipe is enabled. If the preceding element is a bridge this means it’s called before that bridge’s pre_enable function. If the preceding element is a - drm_encoderit’s called right before the encoder’s- drm_encoder_helper_funcs.enable,- drm_encoder_helper_funcs.commitor- drm_encoder_helper_funcs.dpmshook.- The display pipe (i.e. clocks and timing signals) feeding this bridge will not yet be running when this callback is called. The bridge must not enable the display link feeding the next bridge in the chain (if there is one) when this callback is called. - The pre_enable callback is optional. 
- enable
- This callback should enable the bridge. It is called right after the preceding element in the display pipe is enabled. If the preceding element is a bridge this means it’s called after that bridge’s enable function. If the preceding element is a - drm_encoderit’s called right after the encoder’s- drm_encoder_helper_funcs.enable,- drm_encoder_helper_funcs.commitor- drm_encoder_helper_funcs.dpmshook.- The bridge can assume that the display pipe (i.e. clocks and timing signals) feeding it is running when this callback is called. This callback must enable the display link feeding the next bridge in the chain if there is one. - The enable callback is optional. 
- atomic_pre_enable
- This callback should enable the bridge. It is called right before the preceding element in the display pipe is enabled. If the preceding element is a bridge this means it’s called before that bridge’s atomic_pre_enable or pre_enable function. If the preceding element is a - drm_encoderit’s called right before the encoder’s- drm_encoder_helper_funcs.atomic_enablehook.- The display pipe (i.e. clocks and timing signals) feeding this bridge will not yet be running when this callback is called. The bridge must not enable the display link feeding the next bridge in the chain (if there is one) when this callback is called. - Note that this function will only be invoked in the context of an atomic commit. It will not be invoked from - drm_bridge_pre_enable. It would be prudent to also provide an implementation of pre_enable if you are expecting driver calls into- drm_bridge_pre_enable.- The atomic_pre_enable callback is optional. 
- atomic_enable
- This callback should enable the bridge. It is called right after the preceding element in the display pipe is enabled. If the preceding element is a bridge this means it’s called after that bridge’s atomic_enable or enable function. If the preceding element is a - drm_encoderit’s called right after the encoder’s- drm_encoder_helper_funcs.atomic_enablehook.- The bridge can assume that the display pipe (i.e. clocks and timing signals) feeding it is running when this callback is called. This callback must enable the display link feeding the next bridge in the chain if there is one. - Note that this function will only be invoked in the context of an atomic commit. It will not be invoked from - drm_bridge_enable. It would be prudent to also provide an implementation of enable if you are expecting driver calls into- drm_bridge_enable.- The atomic_enable callback is optional. 
- atomic_disable
- This callback should disable the bridge. It is called right before the preceding element in the display pipe is disabled. If the preceding element is a bridge this means it’s called before that bridge’s atomic_disable or disable vfunc. If the preceding element is a - drm_encoderit’s called right before the- drm_encoder_helper_funcs.atomic_disablehook.- The bridge can assume that the display pipe (i.e. clocks and timing signals) feeding it is still running when this callback is called. - Note that this function will only be invoked in the context of an atomic commit. It will not be invoked from - drm_bridge_disable. It would be prudent to also provide an implementation of disable if you are expecting driver calls into- drm_bridge_disable.- The atomic_disable callback is optional. 
- atomic_post_disable
- This callback should disable the bridge. It is called right after the preceding element in the display pipe is disabled. If the preceding element is a bridge this means it’s called after that bridge’s atomic_post_disable or post_disable function. If the preceding element is a - drm_encoderit’s called right after the encoder’s- drm_encoder_helper_funcs.atomic_disablehook.- The bridge must assume that the display pipe (i.e. clocks and timing signals) feeding it is no longer running when this callback is called. - Note that this function will only be invoked in the context of an atomic commit. It will not be invoked from - drm_bridge_post_disable. It would be prudent to also provide an implementation of post_disable if you are expecting driver calls into- drm_bridge_post_disable.- The atomic_post_disable callback is optional. 
- 
struct drm_bridge_timings¶
- timing information for the bridge 
Definition
struct drm_bridge_timings {
  u32 input_bus_flags;
  u32 setup_time_ps;
  u32 hold_time_ps;
  bool dual_link;
};
Members
- input_bus_flags
- Tells what additional settings for the pixel data on the bus
this bridge requires (like pixel signal polarity). See also
drm_display_info->bus_flags.
- setup_time_ps
- Defines the time in picoseconds the input data lines must be stable before the clock edge.
- hold_time_ps
- Defines the time in picoseconds taken for the bridge to sample the input signal after the clock edge.
- dual_link
- True if the bus operates in dual-link mode. The exact meaning is dependent on the bus type. For LVDS buses, this indicates that even- and odd-numbered pixels are received on separate links.
- 
struct drm_bridge¶
- central DRM bridge control structure 
Definition
struct drm_bridge {
  struct drm_device *dev;
  struct drm_encoder *encoder;
  struct drm_bridge *next;
#ifdef CONFIG_OF;
  struct device_node *of_node;
#endif;
  struct list_head list;
  const struct drm_bridge_timings *timings;
  const struct drm_bridge_funcs *funcs;
  void *driver_private;
};
Members
- dev
- DRM device this bridge belongs to
- encoder
- encoder to which this bridge is connected
- next
- the next bridge in the encoder chain
- of_node
- device node pointer to the bridge
- list
- to keep track of all added bridges
- timings
- the timing specification for the bridge, if any (may be NULL)
- funcs
- control functions
- driver_private
- pointer to the bridge driver’s internal context
- 
void drm_bridge_add(struct drm_bridge * bridge)¶
- add the given bridge to the global bridge list 
Parameters
- struct drm_bridge * bridge
- bridge control structure
- 
void drm_bridge_remove(struct drm_bridge * bridge)¶
- remove the given bridge from the global bridge list 
Parameters
- struct drm_bridge * bridge
- bridge control structure
- 
int drm_bridge_attach(struct drm_encoder * encoder, struct drm_bridge * bridge, struct drm_bridge * previous)¶
- attach the bridge to an encoder’s chain 
Parameters
- struct drm_encoder * encoder
- DRM encoder
- struct drm_bridge * bridge
- bridge to attach
- struct drm_bridge * previous
- previous bridge in the chain (optional)
Description
Called by a kms driver to link the bridge to an encoder’s chain. The previous argument specifies the previous bridge in the chain. If NULL, the bridge is linked directly at the encoder’s output. Otherwise it is linked at the previous bridge’s output.
If non-NULL the previous bridge must be already attached by a call to this function.
Note that bridges attached to encoders are auto-detached during encoder
cleanup in drm_encoder_cleanup(), so drm_bridge_attach() should generally
not be balanced with a drm_bridge_detach() in driver code.
Return
Zero on success, error code on failure
- 
bool drm_bridge_mode_fixup(struct drm_bridge * bridge, const struct drm_display_mode * mode, struct drm_display_mode * adjusted_mode)¶
- fixup proposed mode for all bridges in the encoder chain 
Parameters
- struct drm_bridge * bridge
- bridge control structure
- const struct drm_display_mode * mode
- desired mode to be set for the bridge
- struct drm_display_mode * adjusted_mode
- updated mode that works for this bridge
Description
Calls drm_bridge_funcs.mode_fixup for all the bridges in the
encoder chain, starting from the first bridge to the last.
Note
the bridge passed should be the one closest to the encoder
Return
true on success, false on failure
- 
enum drm_mode_status drm_bridge_mode_valid(struct drm_bridge * bridge, const struct drm_display_mode * mode)¶
- validate the mode against all bridges in the encoder chain. 
Parameters
- struct drm_bridge * bridge
- bridge control structure
- const struct drm_display_mode * mode
- desired mode to be validated
Description
Calls drm_bridge_funcs.mode_valid for all the bridges in the encoder
chain, starting from the first bridge to the last. If at least one bridge
does not accept the mode the function returns the error code.
Note
the bridge passed should be the one closest to the encoder.
Return
MODE_OK on success, drm_mode_status Enum error code on failure
- 
void drm_bridge_disable(struct drm_bridge * bridge)¶
- disables all bridges in the encoder chain 
Parameters
- struct drm_bridge * bridge
- bridge control structure
Description
Calls drm_bridge_funcs.disable op for all the bridges in the encoder
chain, starting from the last bridge to the first. These are called before
calling the encoder’s prepare op.
Note
the bridge passed should be the one closest to the encoder
- 
void drm_bridge_post_disable(struct drm_bridge * bridge)¶
- cleans up after disabling all bridges in the encoder chain 
Parameters
- struct drm_bridge * bridge
- bridge control structure
Description
Calls drm_bridge_funcs.post_disable op for all the bridges in the
encoder chain, starting from the first bridge to the last. These are called
after completing the encoder’s prepare op.
Note
the bridge passed should be the one closest to the encoder
- 
void drm_bridge_mode_set(struct drm_bridge * bridge, const struct drm_display_mode * mode, const struct drm_display_mode * adjusted_mode)¶
- set proposed mode for all bridges in the encoder chain 
Parameters
- struct drm_bridge * bridge
- bridge control structure
- const struct drm_display_mode * mode
- desired mode to be set for the bridge
- const struct drm_display_mode * adjusted_mode
- updated mode that works for this bridge
Description
Calls drm_bridge_funcs.mode_set op for all the bridges in the
encoder chain, starting from the first bridge to the last.
Note
the bridge passed should be the one closest to the encoder
- 
void drm_bridge_pre_enable(struct drm_bridge * bridge)¶
- prepares for enabling all bridges in the encoder chain 
Parameters
- struct drm_bridge * bridge
- bridge control structure
Description
Calls drm_bridge_funcs.pre_enable op for all the bridges in the encoder
chain, starting from the last bridge to the first. These are called
before calling the encoder’s commit op.
Note
the bridge passed should be the one closest to the encoder
- 
void drm_bridge_enable(struct drm_bridge * bridge)¶
- enables all bridges in the encoder chain 
Parameters
- struct drm_bridge * bridge
- bridge control structure
Description
Calls drm_bridge_funcs.enable op for all the bridges in the encoder
chain, starting from the first bridge to the last. These are called
after completing the encoder’s commit op.
Note that the bridge passed should be the one closest to the encoder
- 
void drm_atomic_bridge_disable(struct drm_bridge * bridge, struct drm_atomic_state * state)¶
- disables all bridges in the encoder chain 
Parameters
- struct drm_bridge * bridge
- bridge control structure
- struct drm_atomic_state * state
- atomic state being committed
Description
Calls drm_bridge_funcs.atomic_disable (falls back on
drm_bridge_funcs.disable) op for all the bridges in the encoder chain,
starting from the last bridge to the first. These are called before calling
drm_encoder_helper_funcs.atomic_disable
Note
the bridge passed should be the one closest to the encoder
- 
void drm_atomic_bridge_post_disable(struct drm_bridge * bridge, struct drm_atomic_state * state)¶
- cleans up after disabling all bridges in the encoder chain 
Parameters
- struct drm_bridge * bridge
- bridge control structure
- struct drm_atomic_state * state
- atomic state being committed
Description
Calls drm_bridge_funcs.atomic_post_disable (falls back on
drm_bridge_funcs.post_disable) op for all the bridges in the encoder chain,
starting from the first bridge to the last. These are called after completing
drm_encoder_helper_funcs.atomic_disable
Note
the bridge passed should be the one closest to the encoder
- 
void drm_atomic_bridge_pre_enable(struct drm_bridge * bridge, struct drm_atomic_state * state)¶
- prepares for enabling all bridges in the encoder chain 
Parameters
- struct drm_bridge * bridge
- bridge control structure
- struct drm_atomic_state * state
- atomic state being committed
Description
Calls drm_bridge_funcs.atomic_pre_enable (falls back on
drm_bridge_funcs.pre_enable) op for all the bridges in the encoder chain,
starting from the last bridge to the first. These are called before calling
drm_encoder_helper_funcs.atomic_enable
Note
the bridge passed should be the one closest to the encoder
- 
void drm_atomic_bridge_enable(struct drm_bridge * bridge, struct drm_atomic_state * state)¶
- enables all bridges in the encoder chain 
Parameters
- struct drm_bridge * bridge
- bridge control structure
- struct drm_atomic_state * state
- atomic state being committed
Description
Calls drm_bridge_funcs.atomic_enable (falls back on
drm_bridge_funcs.enable) op for all the bridges in the encoder chain,
starting from the first bridge to the last. These are called after completing
drm_encoder_helper_funcs.atomic_enable
Note
the bridge passed should be the one closest to the encoder
- 
struct drm_bridge * of_drm_find_bridge(struct device_node * np)¶
- find the bridge corresponding to the device node in the global bridge list 
Parameters
- struct device_node * np
- device node
Return
drm_bridge control struct on success, NULL on failure
Panel-Bridge Helper Reference¶
- 
struct drm_bridge * drm_panel_bridge_add(struct drm_panel * panel)¶
- Creates a - drm_bridgeand- drm_connectorthat just calls the appropriate functions from- drm_panel.
Parameters
- struct drm_panel * panel
- The drm_panel being wrapped. Must be non-NULL.
Description
For drivers converting from directly using drm_panel: The expected
usage pattern is that during either encoder module probe or DSI
host attach, a drm_panel will be looked up through
drm_of_find_panel_or_bridge().  drm_panel_bridge_add() is used to
wrap that panel in the new bridge, and the result can then be
passed to drm_bridge_attach().  The drm_panel_prepare() and related
functions can be dropped from the encoder driver (they’re now
called by the KMS helpers before calling into the encoder), along
with connector creation.  When done with the bridge (after
drm_mode_config_cleanup() if the bridge has already been attached), then
drm_panel_bridge_remove() to free it.
The connector type is set to panel->connector_type, which must be set to a known type. Calling this function with a panel whose connector type is DRM_MODE_CONNECTOR_Unknown will return NULL.
See devm_drm_panel_bridge_add() for an automatically manged version of this
function.
- 
struct drm_bridge * drm_panel_bridge_add_typed(struct drm_panel * panel, u32 connector_type)¶
- Creates a - drm_bridgeand- drm_connectorwith an explicit connector type.
Parameters
- struct drm_panel * panel
- The drm_panel being wrapped. Must be non-NULL.
- u32 connector_type
- The connector type (DRM_MODE_CONNECTOR_*)
Description
This is just like drm_panel_bridge_add(), but forces the connector type to
connector_type instead of infering it from the panel.
This function is deprecated and should not be used in new drivers. Use
drm_panel_bridge_add() instead, and fix panel drivers as necessary if they
don’t report a connector type.
- 
void drm_panel_bridge_remove(struct drm_bridge * bridge)¶
- Unregisters and frees a drm_bridge created by - drm_panel_bridge_add().
Parameters
- struct drm_bridge * bridge
- The drm_bridge being freed.
- 
struct drm_bridge * devm_drm_panel_bridge_add(struct device * dev, struct drm_panel * panel)¶
- Creates a managed - drm_bridgeand- drm_connectorthat just calls the appropriate functions from- drm_panel.
Parameters
- struct device * dev
- device to tie the bridge lifetime to
- struct drm_panel * panel
- The drm_panel being wrapped. Must be non-NULL.
Description
This is the managed version of drm_panel_bridge_add() which automatically
calls drm_panel_bridge_remove() when dev is unbound.
- 
struct drm_bridge * devm_drm_panel_bridge_add_typed(struct device * dev, struct drm_panel * panel, u32 connector_type)¶
- Creates a managed - drm_bridgeand- drm_connectorwith an explicit connector type.
Parameters
- struct device * dev
- device to tie the bridge lifetime to
- struct drm_panel * panel
- The drm_panel being wrapped. Must be non-NULL.
- u32 connector_type
- The connector type (DRM_MODE_CONNECTOR_*)
Description
This is just like devm_drm_panel_bridge_add(), but forces the connector type
to connector_type instead of infering it from the panel.
This function is deprecated and should not be used in new drivers. Use
devm_drm_panel_bridge_add() instead, and fix panel drivers as necessary if
they don’t report a connector type.
Panel Helper Reference¶
The DRM panel helpers allow drivers to register panel objects with a central registry and provide functions to retrieve those panels in display drivers.
For easy integration into drivers using the drm_bridge infrastructure please
take look at drm_panel_bridge_add() and devm_drm_panel_bridge_add().
- 
struct drm_panel_funcs¶
- perform operations on a given panel 
Definition
struct drm_panel_funcs {
  int (*prepare)(struct drm_panel *panel);
  int (*enable)(struct drm_panel *panel);
  int (*disable)(struct drm_panel *panel);
  int (*unprepare)(struct drm_panel *panel);
  int (*get_modes)(struct drm_panel *panel);
  int (*get_timings)(struct drm_panel *panel, unsigned int num_timings, struct display_timing *timings);
};
Members
- prepare
- Turn on panel and perform set up.
- enable
- Enable panel (turn on back light, etc.).
- disable
- Disable panel (turn off back light, etc.).
- unprepare
- Turn off panel.
- get_modes
- Add modes to the connector that the panel is attached to and return the number of modes added.
- get_timings
- Copy display timings into the provided array and return the number of display timings available.
Description
The .prepare() function is typically called before the display controller starts to transmit video data. Panel drivers can use this to turn the panel on and wait for it to become ready. If additional configuration is required (via a control bus such as I2C, SPI or DSI for example) this is a good time to do that.
After the display controller has started transmitting video data, it’s safe to call the .enable() function. This will typically enable the backlight to make the image on screen visible. Some panels require a certain amount of time or frames before the image is displayed. This function is responsible for taking this into account before enabling the backlight to avoid visual glitches.
Before stopping video transmission from the display controller it can be necessary to turn off the panel to avoid visual glitches. This is done in the .disable() function. Analogously to .enable() this typically involves turning off the backlight and waiting for some time to make sure no image is visible on the panel. It is then safe for the display controller to cease transmission of video data.
To save power when no video data is transmitted, a driver can power down the panel. This is the job of the .unprepare() function.
- 
struct drm_panel¶
- DRM panel object 
Definition
struct drm_panel {
  struct drm_device *drm;
  struct drm_connector *connector;
  struct device *dev;
  const struct drm_panel_funcs *funcs;
  int connector_type;
  struct list_head list;
};
Members
- drm
- DRM device owning the panel.
- connector
- DRM connector that the panel is attached to.
- dev
- Parent device of the panel.
- funcs
- Operations that can be performed on the panel.
- connector_type
- Type of the panel as a DRM_MODE_CONNECTOR_* value. This is used to initialise the drm_connector corresponding to the panel with the correct connector type.
- list
- Panel entry in registry.
- 
void drm_panel_init(struct drm_panel * panel, struct device * dev, const struct drm_panel_funcs * funcs, int connector_type)¶
- initialize a panel 
Parameters
- struct drm_panel * panel
- DRM panel
- struct device * dev
- parent device of the panel
- const struct drm_panel_funcs * funcs
- panel operations
- int connector_type
- the connector type (DRM_MODE_CONNECTOR_*) corresponding to the panel interface
Description
Initialize the panel structure for subsequent registration with
drm_panel_add().
Parameters
- struct drm_panel * panel
- panel to add
Description
Add a panel to the global registry so that it can be looked up by display drivers.
Return
0 on success or a negative error code on failure.
Parameters
- struct drm_panel * panel
- DRM panel
Description
Removes a panel from the global registry.
- 
int drm_panel_attach(struct drm_panel * panel, struct drm_connector * connector)¶
- attach a panel to a connector 
Parameters
- struct drm_panel * panel
- DRM panel
- struct drm_connector * connector
- DRM connector
Description
After obtaining a pointer to a DRM panel a display driver calls this function to attach a panel to a connector.
An error is returned if the panel is already attached to another connector.
When unloading, the driver should detach from the panel by calling
drm_panel_detach().
Return
0 on success or a negative error code on failure.
Parameters
- struct drm_panel * panel
- DRM panel
Description
Detaches a panel from the connector it is attached to. If a panel is not attached to any connector this is effectively a no-op.
This function should not be called by the panel device itself. It
is only for the drm device that called drm_panel_attach().
Parameters
- struct drm_panel * panel
- DRM panel
Description
Calling this function will enable power and deassert any reset signals to the panel. After this has completed it is possible to communicate with any integrated circuitry via a command bus.
Return
0 on success or a negative error code on failure.
Parameters
- struct drm_panel * panel
- DRM panel
Description
Calling this function will completely power off a panel (assert the panel’s
reset, turn off power supplies, …). After this function has completed, it
is usually no longer possible to communicate with the panel until another
call to drm_panel_prepare().
Return
0 on success or a negative error code on failure.
Parameters
- struct drm_panel * panel
- DRM panel
Description
Calling this function will cause the panel display drivers to be turned on and the backlight to be enabled. Content will be visible on screen after this call completes.
Return
0 on success or a negative error code on failure.
Parameters
- struct drm_panel * panel
- DRM panel
Description
This will typically turn off the panel’s backlight or disable the display drivers. For smart panels it should still be possible to communicate with the integrated circuitry via any command bus after this call.
Return
0 on success or a negative error code on failure.
Parameters
- struct drm_panel * panel
- DRM panel
Description
The modes probed from the panel are automatically added to the connector that the panel is attached to.
Return
The number of modes available from the panel on success or a negative error code on failure.
- 
struct drm_panel * of_drm_find_panel(const struct device_node * np)¶
- look up a panel using a device tree node 
Parameters
- const struct device_node * np
- device tree node of the panel
Description
Searches the set of registered panels for one that matches the given device tree node. If a matching panel is found, return a pointer to it.
Return
A pointer to the panel registered for the specified device tree node or an ERR_PTR() if no panel matching the device tree node can be found.
Possible error codes returned by this function:
- EPROBE_DEFER: the panel device has not been probed yet, and the caller should retry later
- ENODEV: the device is not available (status != “okay” or “ok”)
- 
int drm_get_panel_orientation_quirk(int width, int height)¶
- Check for panel orientation quirks 
Parameters
- int width
- width in pixels of the panel
- int height
- height in pixels of the panel
Description
This function checks for platform specific (e.g. DMI based) quirks providing info on panel_orientation for systems where this cannot be probed from the hard-/firm-ware. To avoid false-positive this function takes the panel resolution as argument and checks that against the resolution expected by the quirk-table entry.
Note this function is also used outside of the drm-subsys, by for example the efifb code. Because of this this function gets compiled into its own kernel-module when built as a module.
Return
A DRM_MODE_PANEL_ORIENTATION_* value if there is a quirk for this system, or DRM_MODE_PANEL_ORIENTATION_UNKNOWN if there is no quirk.
Panel Self Refresh Helper Reference¶
This helper library provides an easy way for drivers to leverage the atomic
framework to implement panel self refresh (SR) support. Drivers are
responsible for initializing and cleaning up the SR helpers on load/unload
(see drm_self_refresh_helper_init/drm_self_refresh_helper_cleanup).
The connector is responsible for setting
drm_connector_state.self_refresh_aware to true at runtime if it is SR-aware
(meaning it knows how to initiate self refresh on the panel).
Once a crtc has enabled SR using drm_self_refresh_helper_init, the
helpers will monitor activity and call back into the driver to enable/disable
SR as appropriate. The best way to think about this is that it’s a DPMS
on/off request with drm_crtc_state.self_refresh_active set in crtc state
that tells you to disable/enable SR on the panel instead of power-cycling it.
During SR, drivers may choose to fully disable their crtc/encoder/bridge
hardware (in which case no driver changes are necessary), or they can inspect
drm_crtc_state.self_refresh_active if they want to enter low power mode
without full disable (in case full disable/enable is too slow).
SR will be deactivated if there are any atomic updates affecting the pipe that is in SR mode. If a crtc is driving multiple connectors, all connectors must be SR aware and all will enter/exit SR mode at the same time.
If the crtc and connector are SR aware, but the panel connected does not
support it (or is otherwise unable to enter SR), the driver should fail
atomic_check when drm_crtc_state.self_refresh_active is true.
- 
void drm_self_refresh_helper_update_avg_times(struct drm_atomic_state * state, unsigned int commit_time_ms, unsigned int new_self_refresh_mask)¶
- Updates a crtc’s SR time averages 
Parameters
- struct drm_atomic_state * state
- the state which has just been applied to hardware
- unsigned int commit_time_ms
- the amount of time in ms that this commit took to complete
- unsigned int new_self_refresh_mask
- bitmask of crtc’s that have self_refresh_active in new state
Description
Called after drm_mode_config_funcs.atomic_commit_tail, this function will
update the average entry/exit self refresh times on self refresh transitions.
These averages will be used when calculating how long to delay before
entering self refresh mode after activity.
- 
void drm_self_refresh_helper_alter_state(struct drm_atomic_state * state)¶
- Alters the atomic state for SR exit 
Parameters
- struct drm_atomic_state * state
- the state currently being checked
Description
Called at the end of atomic check. This function checks the state for flags incompatible with self refresh exit and changes them. This is a bit disingenuous since userspace is expecting one thing and we’re giving it another. However in order to keep self refresh entirely hidden from userspace, this is required.
At the end, we queue up the self refresh entry work so we can enter PSR after the desired delay.
- 
int drm_self_refresh_helper_init(struct drm_crtc * crtc)¶
- Initializes self refresh helpers for a crtc 
Parameters
- struct drm_crtc * crtc
- the crtc which supports self refresh supported displays
Description
Returns zero if successful or -errno on failure
- 
void drm_self_refresh_helper_cleanup(struct drm_crtc * crtc)¶
- Cleans up self refresh helpers for a crtc 
Parameters
- struct drm_crtc * crtc
- the crtc to cleanup
HDCP Helper Functions Reference¶
- 
bool drm_hdcp_check_ksvs_revoked(struct drm_device * drm_dev, u8 * ksvs, u32 ksv_count)¶
- Check the revoked status of the IDs 
Parameters
- struct drm_device * drm_dev
- drm_device for which HDCP revocation check is requested
- u8 * ksvs
- List of KSVs (HDCP receiver IDs)
- u32 ksv_count
- KSV count passed in through ksvs
Description
This function reads the HDCP System renewability Message(SRM Table) from userspace as a firmware and parses it for the revoked HDCP KSVs(Receiver IDs) detected by DCP LLC. Once the revoked KSVs are known, revoked state of the KSVs in the list passed in by display drivers are decided and response is sent.
SRM should be presented in the name of “display_hdcp_srm.bin”.
Format of the SRM table, that userspace needs to write into the binary file, is defined at: 1. Renewability chapter on 55th page of HDCP 1.4 specification https://www.digital-cp.com/sites/default/files/specifications/HDCP``20Specification````20Rev1_4_Secure``.pdf 2. Renewability chapter on 63rd page of HDCP 2.2 specification https://www.digital-cp.com/sites/default/files/specifications/HDCP``20on````20HDMI````20Specification````20Rev2_2_Final1``.pdf
Return
TRUE on any of the KSV is revoked, else FALSE.
- 
int drm_connector_attach_content_protection_property(struct drm_connector * connector, bool hdcp_content_type)¶
- attach content protection property 
Parameters
- struct drm_connector * connector
- connector to attach CP property on.
- bool hdcp_content_type
- is HDCP Content Type property needed for connector
Description
This is used to add support for content protection on select connectors. Content Protection is intentionally vague to allow for different underlying technologies, however it is most implemented by HDCP.
When hdcp_content_type is true enum property called HDCP Content Type is created (if it is not already) and attached to the connector.
This property is used for sending the protected content’s stream type from userspace to kernel on selected connectors. Protected content provider will decide their type of their content and declare the same to kernel.
Content type will be used during the HDCP 2.2 authentication.
Content type will be set to drm_connector_state.hdcp_content_type.
The content protection will be set to drm_connector_state.content_protection
When kernel triggered content protection state change like DESIRED->ENABLED
and ENABLED->DESIRED, will use drm_hdcp_update_content_protection() to update
the content protection state of a connector.
Return
Zero on success, negative errno on failure.
- 
void drm_hdcp_update_content_protection(struct drm_connector * connector, u64 val)¶
- Updates the content protection state of a connector 
Parameters
- struct drm_connector * connector
- drm_connector on which content protection state needs an update
- u64 val
- New state of the content protection property
Description
This function can be used by display drivers, to update the kernel triggered content protection state changes of a drm_connector such as DESIRED->ENABLED and ENABLED->DESIRED. No uevent for DESIRED->UNDESIRED or ENABLED->UNDESIRED, as userspace is triggering such state change and kernel performs it without fail.This function update the new state of the property into the connector’s state and generate an uevent to notify the userspace.
Display Port Helper Functions Reference¶
These functions contain some common logic and helpers at various abstraction levels to deal with Display Port sink devices and related things like DP aux channel transfers, EDID reading over DP aux channels, decoding certain DPCD blocks, …
The DisplayPort AUX channel is an abstraction to allow generic, driver- independent access to AUX functionality. Drivers can take advantage of this by filling in the fields of the drm_dp_aux structure.
Transactions are described using a hardware-independent drm_dp_aux_msg structure, which is passed into a driver’s .transfer() implementation. Both native and I2C-over-AUX transactions are supported.
- 
struct dp_sdp_header¶
- DP secondary data packet header 
Definition
struct dp_sdp_header {
  u8 HB0;
  u8 HB1;
  u8 HB2;
  u8 HB3;
};
Members
- HB0
- Secondary Data Packet ID
- HB1
- Secondary Data Packet Type
- HB2
- Secondary Data Packet Specific header, Byte 0
- HB3
- Secondary Data packet Specific header, Byte 1
- 
struct dp_sdp¶
- DP secondary data packet 
Definition
struct dp_sdp {
  struct dp_sdp_header sdp_header;
  u8 db[32];
};
Members
- sdp_header
- DP secondary data packet header
- db
- DP secondaray data packet data blocks VSC SDP Payload for PSR db[0]: Stereo Interface db[1]: 0 - PSR State; 1 - Update RFB; 2 - CRC Valid db[2]: CRC value bits 7:0 of the R or Cr component db[3]: CRC value bits 15:8 of the R or Cr component db[4]: CRC value bits 7:0 of the G or Y component db[5]: CRC value bits 15:8 of the G or Y component db[6]: CRC value bits 7:0 of the B or Cb component db[7]: CRC value bits 15:8 of the B or Cb component db[8] - db[31]: Reserved VSC SDP Payload for Pixel Encoding/Colorimetry Format db[0] - db[15]: Reserved db[16]: Pixel Encoding and Colorimetry Formats db[17]: Dynamic Range and Component Bit Depth db[18]: Content Type db[19] - db[31]: Reserved
- 
struct drm_dp_aux_msg¶
- DisplayPort AUX channel transaction 
Definition
struct drm_dp_aux_msg {
  unsigned int address;
  u8 request;
  u8 reply;
  void *buffer;
  size_t size;
};
Members
- address
- address of the (first) register to access
- request
- contains the type of transaction (see DP_AUX_* macros)
- reply
- upon completion, contains the reply type of the transaction
- buffer
- pointer to a transmission or reception buffer
- size
- size of buffer
- 
struct drm_dp_aux_cec¶
- DisplayPort CEC-Tunneling-over-AUX 
Definition
struct drm_dp_aux_cec {
  struct mutex lock;
  struct cec_adapter *adap;
  struct drm_connector *connector;
  struct delayed_work unregister_work;
};
Members
- lock
- mutex protecting this struct
- adap
- the CEC adapter for CEC-Tunneling-over-AUX support.
- connector
- the connector this CEC adapter is associated with
- unregister_work
- unregister the CEC adapter
- 
struct drm_dp_aux¶
- DisplayPort AUX channel 
Definition
struct drm_dp_aux {
  const char *name;
  struct i2c_adapter ddc;
  struct device *dev;
  struct drm_crtc *crtc;
  struct mutex hw_mutex;
  struct work_struct crc_work;
  u8 crc_count;
  ssize_t (*transfer)(struct drm_dp_aux *aux, struct drm_dp_aux_msg *msg);
  unsigned i2c_nack_count;
  unsigned i2c_defer_count;
  struct drm_dp_aux_cec cec;
  bool is_remote;
};
Members
- name
- user-visible name of this AUX channel and the I2C-over-AUX adapter
- ddc
- I2C adapter that can be used for I2C-over-AUX communication
- dev
- pointer to struct device that is the parent for this AUX channel
- crtc
- backpointer to the crtc that is currently using this AUX channel
- hw_mutex
- internal mutex used for locking transfers
- crc_work
- worker that captures CRCs for each frame
- crc_count
- counter of captured frame CRCs
- transfer
- transfers a message representing a single AUX transaction
- i2c_nack_count
- Counts I2C NACKs, used for DP validation.
- i2c_defer_count
- Counts I2C DEFERs, used for DP validation.
- cec
- struct containing fields used for CEC-Tunneling-over-AUX.
- is_remote
- Is this AUX CH actually using sideband messaging.
Description
The .dev field should be set to a pointer to the device that implements the AUX channel.
The .name field may be used to specify the name of the I2C adapter. If set to NULL, dev_name() of .dev will be used.
Drivers provide a hardware-specific implementation of how transactions are executed via the .transfer() function. A pointer to a drm_dp_aux_msg structure describing the transaction is passed into this function. Upon success, the implementation should return the number of payload bytes that were transferred, or a negative error-code on failure. Helpers propagate errors from the .transfer() function, with the exception of the -EBUSY error, which causes a transaction to be retried. On a short, helpers will return -EPROTO to make it simpler to check for failure.
An AUX channel can also be used to transport I2C messages to a sink. A
typical application of that is to access an EDID that’s present in the
sink device. The .transfer() function can also be used to execute such
transactions. The drm_dp_aux_register() function registers an I2C
adapter that can be passed to drm_probe_ddc(). Upon removal, drivers
should call drm_dp_aux_unregister() to remove the I2C adapter.
The I2C adapter uses long transfers by default; if a partial response is
received, the adapter will drop down to the size given by the partial
response for this transaction only.
Note that the aux helper code assumes that the .transfer() function only modifies the reply field of the drm_dp_aux_msg structure. The retry logic and i2c helpers assume this is the case.
- 
ssize_t drm_dp_dpcd_readb(struct drm_dp_aux * aux, unsigned int offset, u8 * valuep)¶
- read a single byte from the DPCD 
Parameters
- struct drm_dp_aux * aux
- DisplayPort AUX channel
- unsigned int offset
- address of the register to read
- u8 * valuep
- location where the value of the register will be stored
Description
Returns the number of bytes transferred (1) on success, or a negative error code on failure.
- 
ssize_t drm_dp_dpcd_writeb(struct drm_dp_aux * aux, unsigned int offset, u8 value)¶
- write a single byte to the DPCD 
Parameters
- struct drm_dp_aux * aux
- DisplayPort AUX channel
- unsigned int offset
- address of the register to write
- u8 value
- value to write to the register
Description
Returns the number of bytes transferred (1) on success, or a negative error code on failure.
- 
struct drm_dp_desc¶
- DP branch/sink device descriptor 
Definition
struct drm_dp_desc {
  struct drm_dp_dpcd_ident ident;
  u32 quirks;
};
Members
- ident
- DP device identification from DPCD 0x400 (sink) or 0x500 (branch).
- quirks
- Quirks; use drm_dp_has_quirk()to query for the quirks.
- 
enum drm_dp_quirk¶
- Display Port sink/branch device specific quirks 
Constants
- DP_DPCD_QUIRK_CONSTANT_N
- The device requires main link attributes Mvid and Nvid to be limited to 16 bits. So will give a constant value (0x8000) for compatability.
- DP_DPCD_QUIRK_NO_PSR
- The device does not support PSR even if reports that it supports or driver still need to implement proper handling for such device.
- DP_DPCD_QUIRK_NO_SINK_COUNT
- The device does not set SINK_COUNT to a non-zero value. The driver should ignore SINK_COUNT during detection.
Description
Display Port sink and branch devices in the wild have a variety of bugs, try to collect them here. The quirks are shared, but it’s up to the drivers to implement workarounds for them.
- 
bool drm_dp_has_quirk(const struct drm_dp_desc * desc, enum drm_dp_quirk quirk)¶
- does the DP device have a specific quirk 
Parameters
- const struct drm_dp_desc * desc
- Device decriptor filled by drm_dp_read_desc()
- enum drm_dp_quirk quirk
- Quirk to query for
Description
Return true if DP device identified by desc has quirk.
- 
ssize_t drm_dp_dpcd_read(struct drm_dp_aux * aux, unsigned int offset, void * buffer, size_t size)¶
- read a series of bytes from the DPCD 
Parameters
- struct drm_dp_aux * aux
- DisplayPort AUX channel
- unsigned int offset
- address of the (first) register to read
- void * buffer
- buffer to store the register values
- size_t size
- number of bytes in buffer
Description
Returns the number of bytes transferred on success, or a negative error code on failure. -EIO is returned if the request was NAKed by the sink or if the retry count was exceeded. If not all bytes were transferred, this function returns -EPROTO. Errors from the underlying AUX channel transfer function, with the exception of -EBUSY (which causes the transaction to be retried), are propagated to the caller.
- 
ssize_t drm_dp_dpcd_write(struct drm_dp_aux * aux, unsigned int offset, void * buffer, size_t size)¶
- write a series of bytes to the DPCD 
Parameters
- struct drm_dp_aux * aux
- DisplayPort AUX channel
- unsigned int offset
- address of the (first) register to write
- void * buffer
- buffer containing the values to write
- size_t size
- number of bytes in buffer
Description
Returns the number of bytes transferred on success, or a negative error code on failure. -EIO is returned if the request was NAKed by the sink or if the retry count was exceeded. If not all bytes were transferred, this function returns -EPROTO. Errors from the underlying AUX channel transfer function, with the exception of -EBUSY (which causes the transaction to be retried), are propagated to the caller.
- 
int drm_dp_dpcd_read_link_status(struct drm_dp_aux * aux, u8 status)¶
- read DPCD link status (bytes 0x202-0x207) 
Parameters
- struct drm_dp_aux * aux
- DisplayPort AUX channel
- u8 status
- buffer to store the link status in (must be at least 6 bytes)
Description
Returns the number of bytes transferred on success or a negative error code on failure.
- 
int drm_dp_downstream_max_clock(const u8 dpcd, const u8 port_cap)¶
- extract branch device max pixel rate for legacy VGA converter or max TMDS clock rate for others 
Parameters
- const u8 dpcd
- DisplayPort configuration data
- const u8 port_cap
- port capabilities
Description
Returns max clock in kHz on success or 0 if max clock not defined
- 
int drm_dp_downstream_max_bpc(const u8 dpcd, const u8 port_cap)¶
- extract branch device max bits per component 
Parameters
- const u8 dpcd
- DisplayPort configuration data
- const u8 port_cap
- port capabilities
Description
Returns max bpc on success or 0 if max bpc not defined
- 
int drm_dp_downstream_id(struct drm_dp_aux * aux, char id)¶
- identify branch device 
Parameters
- struct drm_dp_aux * aux
- DisplayPort AUX channel
- char id
- DisplayPort branch device id
Description
Returns branch device id on success or NULL on failure
- 
void drm_dp_downstream_debug(struct seq_file * m, const u8 dpcd, const u8 port_cap, struct drm_dp_aux * aux)¶
- debug DP branch devices 
Parameters
- struct seq_file * m
- pointer for debugfs file
- const u8 dpcd
- DisplayPort configuration data
- const u8 port_cap
- port capabilities
- struct drm_dp_aux * aux
- DisplayPort AUX channel
- 
void drm_dp_aux_init(struct drm_dp_aux * aux)¶
- minimally initialise an aux channel 
Parameters
- struct drm_dp_aux * aux
- DisplayPort AUX channel
Description
If you need to use the drm_dp_aux’s i2c adapter prior to registering it
with the outside world, call drm_dp_aux_init() first. You must still
call drm_dp_aux_register() once the connector has been registered to
allow userspace access to the auxiliary DP channel.
- 
int drm_dp_aux_register(struct drm_dp_aux * aux)¶
- initialise and register aux channel 
Parameters
- struct drm_dp_aux * aux
- DisplayPort AUX channel
Description
Automatically calls drm_dp_aux_init() if this hasn’t been done yet.
This should only be called when the underlying struct drm_connector is
initialiazed already. Therefore the best place to call this is from
drm_connector_funcs.late_register. Not that drivers which don’t follow this
will Oops when CONFIG_DRM_DP_AUX_CHARDEV is enabled.
Drivers which need to use the aux channel before that point (e.g. at driver
load time, before drm_dev_register() has been called) need to call
drm_dp_aux_init().
Returns 0 on success or a negative error code on failure.
- 
void drm_dp_aux_unregister(struct drm_dp_aux * aux)¶
- unregister an AUX adapter 
Parameters
- struct drm_dp_aux * aux
- DisplayPort AUX channel
- 
int drm_dp_psr_setup_time(const u8 psr_cap)¶
- PSR setup in time usec 
Parameters
- const u8 psr_cap
- PSR capabilities from DPCD
Return
PSR setup time for the panel in microseconds, negative error code on failure.
- 
int drm_dp_start_crc(struct drm_dp_aux * aux, struct drm_crtc * crtc)¶
- start capture of frame CRCs 
Parameters
- struct drm_dp_aux * aux
- DisplayPort AUX channel
- struct drm_crtc * crtc
- CRTC displaying the frames whose CRCs are to be captured
Description
Returns 0 on success or a negative error code on failure.
- 
int drm_dp_stop_crc(struct drm_dp_aux * aux)¶
- stop capture of frame CRCs 
Parameters
- struct drm_dp_aux * aux
- DisplayPort AUX channel
Description
Returns 0 on success or a negative error code on failure.
- 
int drm_dp_read_desc(struct drm_dp_aux * aux, struct drm_dp_desc * desc, bool is_branch)¶
- read sink/branch descriptor from DPCD 
Parameters
- struct drm_dp_aux * aux
- DisplayPort AUX channel
- struct drm_dp_desc * desc
- Device decriptor to fill from DPCD
- bool is_branch
- true for branch devices, false for sink devices
Description
Read DPCD 0x400 (sink) or 0x500 (branch) into desc. Also debug log the identification.
Returns 0 on success or a negative error code on failure.
- 
u8 drm_dp_dsc_sink_max_slice_count(const u8 dsc_dpcd, bool is_edp)¶
- Get the max slice count supported by the DSC sink. 
Parameters
- const u8 dsc_dpcd
- DSC capabilities from DPCD
- bool is_edp
- true if its eDP, false for DP
Description
Read the slice capabilities DPCD register from DSC sink to get
the maximum slice count supported. This is used to populate
the DSC parameters in the struct drm_dsc_config by the driver.
Driver creates an infoframe using these parameters to populate
struct drm_dsc_pps_infoframe. These are sent to the sink using DSC
infoframe using the helper function drm_dsc_pps_infoframe_pack()
Return
Maximum slice count supported by DSC sink or 0 its invalid
- 
u8 drm_dp_dsc_sink_line_buf_depth(const u8 dsc_dpcd)¶
- Get the line buffer depth in bits 
Parameters
- const u8 dsc_dpcd
- DSC capabilities from DPCD
Description
Read the DSC DPCD register to parse the line buffer depth in bits which is
number of bits of precision within the decoder line buffer supported by
the DSC sink. This is used to populate the DSC parameters in the
struct drm_dsc_config by the driver.
Driver creates an infoframe using these parameters to populate
struct drm_dsc_pps_infoframe. These are sent to the sink using DSC
infoframe using the helper function drm_dsc_pps_infoframe_pack()
Return
Line buffer depth supported by DSC panel or 0 its invalid
- 
int drm_dp_dsc_sink_supported_input_bpcs(const u8 dsc_dpcd, u8 dsc_bpc)¶
- Get all the input bits per component values supported by the DSC sink. 
Parameters
- const u8 dsc_dpcd
- DSC capabilities from DPCD
- u8 dsc_bpc
- An array to be filled by this helper with supported input bpcs.
Description
Read the DSC DPCD from the sink device to parse the supported bits per
component values. This is used to populate the DSC parameters
in the struct drm_dsc_config by the driver.
Driver creates an infoframe using these parameters to populate
struct drm_dsc_pps_infoframe. These are sent to the sink using DSC
infoframe using the helper function drm_dsc_pps_infoframe_pack()
Return
Number of input BPC values parsed from the DPCD
Display Port CEC Helper Functions Reference¶
These functions take care of supporting the CEC-Tunneling-over-AUX feature of DisplayPort-to-HDMI adapters.
- 
void drm_dp_cec_irq(struct drm_dp_aux * aux)¶
- handle CEC interrupt, if any 
Parameters
- struct drm_dp_aux * aux
- DisplayPort AUX channel
Description
Should be called when handling an IRQ_HPD request. If CEC-tunneling-over-AUX is present, then it will check for a CEC_IRQ and handle it accordingly.
- 
void drm_dp_cec_register_connector(struct drm_dp_aux * aux, struct drm_connector * connector)¶
- register a new connector 
Parameters
- struct drm_dp_aux * aux
- DisplayPort AUX channel
- struct drm_connector * connector
- drm connector
Description
A new connector was registered with associated CEC adapter name and CEC adapter parent device. After registering the name and parent drm_dp_cec_set_edid() is called to check if the connector supports CEC and to register a CEC adapter if that is the case.
- 
void drm_dp_cec_unregister_connector(struct drm_dp_aux * aux)¶
- unregister the CEC adapter, if any 
Parameters
- struct drm_dp_aux * aux
- DisplayPort AUX channel
Display Port Dual Mode Adaptor Helper Functions Reference¶
Helper functions to deal with DP dual mode (aka. DP++) adaptors.
Type 1: Adaptor registers (if any) and the sink DDC bus may be accessed via I2C.
Type 2: Adaptor registers and sink DDC bus can be accessed either via I2C or I2C-over-AUX. Source devices may choose to implement either of these access methods.
- 
enum drm_lspcon_mode¶
Constants
- DRM_LSPCON_MODE_INVALID
- No LSPCON.
- DRM_LSPCON_MODE_LS
- Level shifter mode of LSPCON which drives DP++ to HDMI 1.4 conversion.
- DRM_LSPCON_MODE_PCON
- Protocol converter mode of LSPCON which drives DP++ to HDMI 2.0 active conversion.
- 
enum drm_dp_dual_mode_type¶
- Type of the DP dual mode adaptor 
Constants
- DRM_DP_DUAL_MODE_NONE
- No DP dual mode adaptor
- DRM_DP_DUAL_MODE_UNKNOWN
- Could be either none or type 1 DVI adaptor
- DRM_DP_DUAL_MODE_TYPE1_DVI
- Type 1 DVI adaptor
- DRM_DP_DUAL_MODE_TYPE1_HDMI
- Type 1 HDMI adaptor
- DRM_DP_DUAL_MODE_TYPE2_DVI
- Type 2 DVI adaptor
- DRM_DP_DUAL_MODE_TYPE2_HDMI
- Type 2 HDMI adaptor
- DRM_DP_DUAL_MODE_LSPCON
- Level shifter / protocol converter
- 
ssize_t drm_dp_dual_mode_read(struct i2c_adapter * adapter, u8 offset, void * buffer, size_t size)¶
- Read from the DP dual mode adaptor register(s) 
Parameters
- struct i2c_adapter * adapter
- I2C adapter for the DDC bus
- u8 offset
- register offset
- void * buffer
- buffer for return data
- size_t size
- sizo of the buffer
Description
Reads size bytes from the DP dual mode adaptor registers starting at offset.
Return
0 on success, negative error code on failure
- 
ssize_t drm_dp_dual_mode_write(struct i2c_adapter * adapter, u8 offset, const void * buffer, size_t size)¶
- Write to the DP dual mode adaptor register(s) 
Parameters
- struct i2c_adapter * adapter
- I2C adapter for the DDC bus
- u8 offset
- register offset
- const void * buffer
- buffer for write data
- size_t size
- sizo of the buffer
Description
Writes size bytes to the DP dual mode adaptor registers starting at offset.
Return
0 on success, negative error code on failure
- 
enum drm_dp_dual_mode_type drm_dp_dual_mode_detect(struct i2c_adapter * adapter)¶
- Identify the DP dual mode adaptor 
Parameters
- struct i2c_adapter * adapter
- I2C adapter for the DDC bus
Description
Attempt to identify the type of the DP dual mode adaptor used.
Note that when the answer is DRM_DP_DUAL_MODE_UNKNOWN it’s not certain whether we’re dealing with a native HDMI port or a type 1 DVI dual mode adaptor. The driver will have to use some other hardware/driver specific mechanism to make that distinction.
Return
The type of the DP dual mode adaptor used
- 
int drm_dp_dual_mode_max_tmds_clock(enum drm_dp_dual_mode_type type, struct i2c_adapter * adapter)¶
- Max TMDS clock for DP dual mode adaptor 
Parameters
- enum drm_dp_dual_mode_type type
- DP dual mode adaptor type
- struct i2c_adapter * adapter
- I2C adapter for the DDC bus
Description
Determine the max TMDS clock the adaptor supports based on the
type of the dual mode adaptor and the DP_DUAL_MODE_MAX_TMDS_CLOCK
register (on type2 adaptors). As some type 1 adaptors have
problems with registers (see comments in drm_dp_dual_mode_detect())
we don’t read the register on those, instead we simply assume
a 165 MHz limit based on the specification.
Return
Maximum supported TMDS clock rate for the DP dual mode adaptor in kHz.
- 
int drm_dp_dual_mode_get_tmds_output(enum drm_dp_dual_mode_type type, struct i2c_adapter * adapter, bool * enabled)¶
- Get the state of the TMDS output buffers in the DP dual mode adaptor 
Parameters
- enum drm_dp_dual_mode_type type
- DP dual mode adaptor type
- struct i2c_adapter * adapter
- I2C adapter for the DDC bus
- bool * enabled
- current state of the TMDS output buffers
Description
Get the state of the TMDS output buffers in the adaptor. For
type2 adaptors this is queried from the DP_DUAL_MODE_TMDS_OEN
register. As some type 1 adaptors have problems with registers
(see comments in drm_dp_dual_mode_detect()) we don’t read the
register on those, instead we simply assume that the buffers
are always enabled.
Return
0 on success, negative error code on failure
- 
int drm_dp_dual_mode_set_tmds_output(enum drm_dp_dual_mode_type type, struct i2c_adapter * adapter, bool enable)¶
- Enable/disable TMDS output buffers in the DP dual mode adaptor 
Parameters
- enum drm_dp_dual_mode_type type
- DP dual mode adaptor type
- struct i2c_adapter * adapter
- I2C adapter for the DDC bus
- bool enable
- enable (as opposed to disable) the TMDS output buffers
Description
Set the state of the TMDS output buffers in the adaptor. For
type2 this is set via the DP_DUAL_MODE_TMDS_OEN register. As
some type 1 adaptors have problems with registers (see comments
in drm_dp_dual_mode_detect()) we avoid touching the register,
making this function a no-op on type 1 adaptors.
Return
0 on success, negative error code on failure
- 
const char * drm_dp_get_dual_mode_type_name(enum drm_dp_dual_mode_type type)¶
- Get the name of the DP dual mode adaptor type as a string 
Parameters
- enum drm_dp_dual_mode_type type
- DP dual mode adaptor type
Return
String representation of the DP dual mode adaptor type
- 
int drm_lspcon_get_mode(struct i2c_adapter * adapter, enum drm_lspcon_mode * mode)¶
Parameters
- struct i2c_adapter * adapter
- I2C-over-aux adapter
- enum drm_lspcon_mode * mode
- current lspcon mode of operation output variable
Description
reading offset (0x80, 0x41)
Return
0 on success, sets the current_mode value to appropriate mode -error on failure
- 
int drm_lspcon_set_mode(struct i2c_adapter * adapter, enum drm_lspcon_mode mode)¶
Parameters
- struct i2c_adapter * adapter
- I2C-over-aux adapter
- enum drm_lspcon_mode mode
- required mode of operation
Description
writing offset (0x80, 0x40)
Return
0 on success, -error on failure/timeout
Display Port MST Helpers¶
Overview¶
These functions contain parts of the DisplayPort 1.2a MultiStream Transport protocol. The helpers contain a topology manager and bandwidth manager. The helpers encapsulate the sending and received of sideband msgs.
Topology refcount overview¶
The refcounting schemes for struct drm_dp_mst_branch and struct
drm_dp_mst_port are somewhat unusual. Both ports and branch devices have
two different kinds of refcounts: topology refcounts, and malloc refcounts.
Topology refcounts are not exposed to drivers, and are handled internally
by the DP MST helpers. The helpers use them in order to prevent the
in-memory topology state from being changed in the middle of critical
operations like changing the internal state of payload allocations. This
means each branch and port will be considered to be connected to the rest
of the topology until its topology refcount reaches zero. Additionally,
for ports this means that their associated struct drm_connector will stay
registered with userspace until the port’s refcount reaches 0.
Malloc refcount overview¶
Malloc references are used to keep a struct drm_dp_mst_port or struct
drm_dp_mst_branch allocated even after all of its topology references have
been dropped, so that the driver or MST helpers can safely access each
branch’s last known state before it was disconnected from the topology.
When the malloc refcount of a port or branch reaches 0, the memory
allocation containing the struct drm_dp_mst_branch or struct
drm_dp_mst_port respectively will be freed.
For struct drm_dp_mst_branch, malloc refcounts are not currently exposed
to drivers. As of writing this documentation, there are no drivers that
have a usecase for accessing struct drm_dp_mst_branch outside of the MST
helpers. Exposing this API to drivers in a race-free manner would take more
tweaking of the refcounting scheme, however patches are welcome provided
there is a legitimate driver usecase for this.
Refcount relationships in a topology¶
Let’s take a look at why the relationship between topology and malloc refcounts is designed the way it is.
An example of topology and malloc refs in a DP MST topology with two active payloads. Topology refcount increments are indicated by solid lines, and malloc refcount increments are indicated by dashed lines. Each starts from the branch which incremented the refcount, and ends at the branch to which the refcount belongs to, i.e. the arrow points the same way as the C pointers used to reference a structure.
As you can see in the above figure, every branch increments the topology refcount of its children, and increments the malloc refcount of its parent. Additionally, every payload increments the malloc refcount of its assigned port by 1.
So, what would happen if MSTB #3 from the above figure was unplugged from the system, but the driver hadn’t yet removed payload #2 from port #3? The topology would start to look like the figure below.
Ports and branch devices which have been released from memory are colored grey, and references which have been removed are colored red.
Whenever a port or branch device’s topology refcount reaches zero, it will
decrement the topology refcounts of all its children, the malloc refcount
of its parent, and finally its own malloc refcount. For MSTB #4 and port
#4, this means they both have been disconnected from the topology and freed
from memory. But, because payload #2 is still holding a reference to port
#3, port #3 is removed from the topology but its struct drm_dp_mst_port
is still accessible from memory. This also means port #3 has not yet
decremented the malloc refcount of MSTB #3, so its struct
drm_dp_mst_branch will also stay allocated in memory until port #3’s
malloc refcount reaches 0.
This relationship is necessary because in order to release payload #2, we need to be able to figure out the last relative of port #3 that’s still connected to the topology. In this case, we would travel up the topology as shown below.
And finally, remove payload #2 by communicating with port #2 through sideband transactions.
Functions Reference¶
- 
struct drm_dp_vcpi¶
- Virtual Channel Payload Identifier 
Definition
struct drm_dp_vcpi {
  int vcpi;
  int pbn;
  int aligned_pbn;
  int num_slots;
};
Members
- vcpi
- Virtual channel ID.
- pbn
- Payload Bandwidth Number for this channel
- aligned_pbn
- PBN aligned with slot size
- num_slots
- number of slots for this PBN
- 
struct drm_dp_mst_port¶
- MST port 
Definition
struct drm_dp_mst_port {
  struct kref topology_kref;
  struct kref malloc_kref;
#if IS_ENABLED(CONFIG_DRM_DEBUG_DP_MST_TOPOLOGY_REFS);
  struct drm_dp_mst_topology_ref_history topology_ref_history;
#endif;
  u8 port_num;
  bool input;
  bool mcs;
  bool ddps;
  u8 pdt;
  bool ldps;
  u8 dpcd_rev;
  u8 num_sdp_streams;
  u8 num_sdp_stream_sinks;
  uint16_t available_pbn;
  struct list_head next;
  struct drm_dp_mst_branch *mstb;
  struct drm_dp_aux aux;
  struct drm_dp_mst_branch *parent;
  struct drm_dp_vcpi vcpi;
  struct drm_connector *connector;
  struct drm_dp_mst_topology_mgr *mgr;
  struct edid *cached_edid;
  bool has_audio;
};
Members
- topology_kref
- refcount for this port’s lifetime in the topology, only the DP MST helpers should need to touch this
- malloc_kref
- refcount for the memory allocation containing this
structure. See drm_dp_mst_get_port_malloc()anddrm_dp_mst_put_port_malloc().
- topology_ref_history
- A history of each topology reference/dereference. See CONFIG_DRM_DEBUG_DP_MST_TOPOLOGY_REFS.
- port_num
- port number
- input
- if this port is an input port. Protected by
drm_dp_mst_topology_mgr.base.lock.
- mcs
- message capability status - DP 1.2 spec. Protected by
drm_dp_mst_topology_mgr.base.lock.
- ddps
- DisplayPort Device Plug Status - DP 1.2. Protected by
drm_dp_mst_topology_mgr.base.lock.
- pdt
- Peer Device Type. Protected by
drm_dp_mst_topology_mgr.base.lock.
- ldps
- Legacy Device Plug Status. Protected by
drm_dp_mst_topology_mgr.base.lock.
- dpcd_rev
- DPCD revision of device on this port. Protected by
drm_dp_mst_topology_mgr.base.lock.
- num_sdp_streams
- Number of simultaneous streams. Protected by
drm_dp_mst_topology_mgr.base.lock.
- num_sdp_stream_sinks
- Number of stream sinks. Protected by
drm_dp_mst_topology_mgr.base.lock.
- available_pbn
- Available bandwidth for this port. Protected by
drm_dp_mst_topology_mgr.base.lock.
- next
- link to next port on this branch device
- mstb
- the branch device connected to this port, if there is one.
This should be considered protected for reading by
drm_dp_mst_topology_mgr.lock. There are two exceptions to this:drm_dp_mst_topology_mgr.up_req_workanddrm_dp_mst_topology_mgr.work, which do not grabdrm_dp_mst_topology_mgr.lockduring reads but are the only updaters of this list and are protected from writing concurrently bydrm_dp_mst_topology_mgr.probe_lock.
- aux
- i2c aux transport to talk to device connected to this port, protected
by drm_dp_mst_topology_mgr.base.lock.
- parent
- branch device parent of this port
- vcpi
- Virtual Channel Payload info for this port.
- connector
- DRM connector this port is connected to. Protected by
drm_dp_mst_topology_mgr.base.lock.
- mgr
- topology manager this port lives under.
- cached_edid
- for DP logical ports - make tiling work by ensuring that the EDID for all connectors is read immediately.
- has_audio
- Tracks whether the sink connector to this port is audio-capable.
Description
This structure represents an MST port endpoint on a device somewhere in the MST topology.
- 
struct drm_dp_mst_branch¶
- MST branch device. 
Definition
struct drm_dp_mst_branch {
  struct kref topology_kref;
  struct kref malloc_kref;
#if IS_ENABLED(CONFIG_DRM_DEBUG_DP_MST_TOPOLOGY_REFS);
  struct drm_dp_mst_topology_ref_history topology_ref_history;
#endif;
  struct list_head destroy_next;
  u8 rad[8];
  u8 lct;
  int num_ports;
  int msg_slots;
  struct list_head ports;
  struct drm_dp_mst_port *port_parent;
  struct drm_dp_mst_topology_mgr *mgr;
  struct drm_dp_sideband_msg_tx *tx_slots[2];
  int last_seqno;
  bool link_address_sent;
  u8 guid[16];
};
Members
- topology_kref
- refcount for this branch device’s lifetime in the topology, only the DP MST helpers should need to touch this
- malloc_kref
- refcount for the memory allocation containing this
structure. See drm_dp_mst_get_mstb_malloc()anddrm_dp_mst_put_mstb_malloc().
- topology_ref_history
- A history of each topology reference/dereference. See CONFIG_DRM_DEBUG_DP_MST_TOPOLOGY_REFS.
- destroy_next
- linked-list entry used by drm_dp_delayed_destroy_work()
- rad
- Relative Address to talk to this branch device.
- lct
- Link count total to talk to this branch device.
- num_ports
- number of ports on the branch.
- msg_slots
- one bit per transmitted msg slot.
- ports
- the list of ports on this branch device. This should be
considered protected for reading by drm_dp_mst_topology_mgr.lock. There are two exceptions to this:drm_dp_mst_topology_mgr.up_req_workanddrm_dp_mst_topology_mgr.work, which do not grabdrm_dp_mst_topology_mgr.lockduring reads but are the only updaters of this list and are protected from updating the list concurrently by drm_dp_mst_topology_mgr.probe_lock
- port_parent
- pointer to the port parent, NULL if toplevel.
- mgr
- topology manager for this branch device.
- tx_slots
- transmission slots for this device.
- last_seqno
- last sequence number used to talk to this.
- link_address_sent
- if a link address message has been sent to this device yet.
- guid
- guid for DP 1.2 branch device. port under this branch can be identified by port #.
Description
This structure represents an MST branch device, there is one primary branch device at the root, along with any other branches connected to downstream port of parent branches.
- 
struct drm_dp_mst_topology_mgr¶
- DisplayPort MST manager 
Definition
struct drm_dp_mst_topology_mgr {
  struct drm_private_obj base;
  struct drm_device *dev;
  const struct drm_dp_mst_topology_cbs *cbs;
  int max_dpcd_transaction_bytes;
  struct drm_dp_aux *aux;
  int max_payloads;
  int conn_base_id;
  struct drm_dp_sideband_msg_rx down_rep_recv;
  struct drm_dp_sideband_msg_rx up_req_recv;
  struct mutex lock;
  struct mutex probe_lock;
  bool mst_state;
  struct drm_dp_mst_branch *mst_primary;
  u8 dpcd[DP_RECEIVER_CAP_SIZE];
  u8 sink_count;
  int pbn_div;
  const struct drm_private_state_funcs *funcs;
  struct mutex qlock;
  bool is_waiting_for_dwn_reply;
  struct list_head tx_msg_downq;
  struct mutex payload_lock;
  struct drm_dp_vcpi **proposed_vcpis;
  struct drm_dp_payload *payloads;
  unsigned long payload_mask;
  unsigned long vcpi_mask;
  wait_queue_head_t tx_waitq;
  struct work_struct work;
  struct work_struct tx_work;
  struct list_head destroy_port_list;
  struct list_head destroy_branch_device_list;
  struct mutex delayed_destroy_lock;
  struct work_struct delayed_destroy_work;
  struct list_head up_req_list;
  struct mutex up_req_lock;
  struct work_struct up_req_work;
#if IS_ENABLED(CONFIG_DRM_DEBUG_DP_MST_TOPOLOGY_REFS);
  struct mutex topology_ref_history_lock;
#endif;
};
Members
- base
- Base private object for atomic
- dev
- device pointer for adding i2c devices etc.
- cbs
- callbacks for connector addition and destruction.
- max_dpcd_transaction_bytes
- maximum number of bytes to read/write in one go.
- aux
- AUX channel for the DP MST connector this topolgy mgr is controlling.
- max_payloads
- maximum number of payloads the GPU can generate.
- conn_base_id
- DRM connector ID this mgr is connected to. Only used to build the MST connector path value.
- down_rep_recv
- Message receiver state for down replies.
- up_req_recv
- Message receiver state for up requests.
- lock
- protects mst state, primary, dpcd.
- probe_lock
- Prevents work and up_req_work, the only writers of
drm_dp_mst_port.mstbanddrm_dp_mst_branch.ports, from racing while they update the topology.
- mst_state
- If this manager is enabled for an MST capable port. False if no MST sink/branch devices is connected.
- mst_primary
- Pointer to the primary/first branch device.
- dpcd
- Cache of DPCD for primary port.
- sink_count
- Sink count from DEVICE_SERVICE_IRQ_VECTOR_ESI0.
- pbn_div
- PBN to slots divisor.
- funcs
- Atomic helper callbacks
- qlock
- protects tx_msg_downq, the drm_dp_mst_branch.txslostanddrm_dp_sideband_msg_tx.stateonce they are queued
- is_waiting_for_dwn_reply
- indicate whether is waiting for down reply
- tx_msg_downq
- List of pending down replies.
- payload_lock
- Protect payload information.
- proposed_vcpis
- Array of pointers for the new VCPI allocation. The
VCPI structure itself is drm_dp_mst_port.vcpi.
- payloads
- Array of payloads.
- payload_mask
- Elements of payloads actually in use. Since reallocation of active outputs isn’t possible gaps can be created by disabling outputs out of order compared to how they’ve been enabled.
- vcpi_mask
- Similar to payload_mask, but for proposed_vcpis.
- tx_waitq
- Wait to queue stall for the tx worker.
- work
- Probe work.
- tx_work
- Sideband transmit worker. This can nest within the main work worker for each transaction work launches.
- destroy_port_list
- List of to be destroyed connectors.
- destroy_branch_device_list
- List of to be destroyed branch devices.
- delayed_destroy_lock
- Protects destroy_port_list and destroy_branch_device_list.
- delayed_destroy_work
- Work item to destroy MST port and branch devices, needed to avoid locking inversion.
- up_req_list
- List of pending up requests from the topology that need to be processed, in chronological order.
- up_req_lock
- Protects up_req_list
- up_req_work
- Work item to process up requests received from the topology. Needed to avoid blocking hotplug handling and sideband transmissions.
- topology_ref_history_lock
- protects
drm_dp_mst_port.topology_ref_historyanddrm_dp_mst_branch.topology_ref_history.
Description
This struct represents the toplevel displayport MST topology manager. There should be one instance of this for every MST capable DP connector on the GPU.
- 
bool __drm_dp_mst_state_iter_get(struct drm_atomic_state * state, struct drm_dp_mst_topology_mgr ** mgr, struct drm_dp_mst_topology_state ** old_state, struct drm_dp_mst_topology_state ** new_state, int i)¶
- private atomic state iterator function for macro-internal use 
Parameters
- struct drm_atomic_state * state
- struct drm_atomic_statepointer
- struct drm_dp_mst_topology_mgr ** mgr
- pointer to the struct drm_dp_mst_topology_mgriteration cursor
- struct drm_dp_mst_topology_state ** old_state
- optional pointer to the old struct drm_dp_mst_topology_stateiteration cursor
- struct drm_dp_mst_topology_state ** new_state
- optional pointer to the new struct drm_dp_mst_topology_stateiteration cursor
- int i
- int iteration cursor, for macro-internal use
Description
Used by for_each_oldnew_mst_mgr_in_state(),
for_each_old_mst_mgr_in_state(), and for_each_new_mst_mgr_in_state(). Don’t
call this directly.
Return
True if the current struct drm_private_obj is a struct
drm_dp_mst_topology_mgr, false otherwise.
- 
for_each_oldnew_mst_mgr_in_state(__state, mgr, old_state, new_state, __i)¶
- iterate over all DP MST topology managers in an atomic update 
Parameters
- __state
- struct drm_atomic_statepointer
- mgr
- struct drm_dp_mst_topology_mgriteration cursor
- old_state
- struct drm_dp_mst_topology_stateiteration cursor for the old state
- new_state
- struct drm_dp_mst_topology_stateiteration cursor for the new state
- __i
- int iteration cursor, for macro-internal use
Description
This iterates over all DRM DP MST topology managers in an atomic update, tracking both old and new state. This is useful in places where the state delta needs to be considered, for example in atomic check functions.
- 
for_each_old_mst_mgr_in_state(__state, mgr, old_state, __i)¶
- iterate over all DP MST topology managers in an atomic update 
Parameters
- __state
- struct drm_atomic_statepointer
- mgr
- struct drm_dp_mst_topology_mgriteration cursor
- old_state
- struct drm_dp_mst_topology_stateiteration cursor for the old state
- __i
- int iteration cursor, for macro-internal use
Description
This iterates over all DRM DP MST topology managers in an atomic update, tracking only the old state. This is useful in disable functions, where we need the old state the hardware is still in.
- 
for_each_new_mst_mgr_in_state(__state, mgr, new_state, __i)¶
- iterate over all DP MST topology managers in an atomic update 
Parameters
- __state
- struct drm_atomic_statepointer
- mgr
- struct drm_dp_mst_topology_mgriteration cursor
- new_state
- struct drm_dp_mst_topology_stateiteration cursor for the new state
- __i
- int iteration cursor, for macro-internal use
Description
This iterates over all DRM DP MST topology managers in an atomic update, tracking only the new state. This is useful in enable functions, where we need the new state the hardware should be in when the atomic commit operation has completed.
- 
void drm_dp_mst_get_port_malloc(struct drm_dp_mst_port * port)¶
- Increment the malloc refcount of an MST port 
Parameters
- struct drm_dp_mst_port * port
- The struct drm_dp_mst_portto increment the malloc refcount of
Description
Increments drm_dp_mst_port.malloc_kref. When drm_dp_mst_port.malloc_kref
reaches 0, the memory allocation for port will be released and port may
no longer be used.
Because port could potentially be freed at any time by the DP MST helpers
if drm_dp_mst_port.malloc_kref reaches 0, including during a call to this
function, drivers that which to make use of struct drm_dp_mst_port should
ensure that they grab at least one main malloc reference to their MST ports
in drm_dp_mst_topology_cbs.add_connector. This callback is called before
there is any chance for drm_dp_mst_port.malloc_kref to reach 0.
See also: drm_dp_mst_put_port_malloc()
- 
void drm_dp_mst_put_port_malloc(struct drm_dp_mst_port * port)¶
- Decrement the malloc refcount of an MST port 
Parameters
- struct drm_dp_mst_port * port
- The struct drm_dp_mst_portto decrement the malloc refcount of
Description
Decrements drm_dp_mst_port.malloc_kref. When drm_dp_mst_port.malloc_kref
reaches 0, the memory allocation for port will be released and port may
no longer be used.
See also: drm_dp_mst_get_port_malloc()
- 
int drm_dp_mst_connector_late_register(struct drm_connector * connector, struct drm_dp_mst_port * port)¶
- Late MST connector registration 
Parameters
- struct drm_connector * connector
- The MST connector
- struct drm_dp_mst_port * port
- The MST port for this connector
Description
Helper to register the remote aux device for this MST port. Drivers should call this from their mst connector’s late_register hook to enable MST aux devices.
Return
0 on success, negative error code on failure.
- 
void drm_dp_mst_connector_early_unregister(struct drm_connector * connector, struct drm_dp_mst_port * port)¶
- Early MST connector unregistration 
Parameters
- struct drm_connector * connector
- The MST connector
- struct drm_dp_mst_port * port
- The MST port for this connector
Description
Helper to unregister the remote aux device for this MST port, registered by
drm_dp_mst_connector_late_register(). Drivers should call this from their mst
connector’s early_unregister hook.
- 
int drm_dp_update_payload_part1(struct drm_dp_mst_topology_mgr * mgr)¶
- Execute payload update part 1 
Parameters
- struct drm_dp_mst_topology_mgr * mgr
- manager to use.
Description
This iterates over all proposed virtual channels, and tries to allocate space in the link for them. For 0->slots transitions, this step just writes the VCPI to the MST device. For slots->0 transitions, this writes the updated VCPIs and removes the remote VC payloads.
after calling this the driver should generate ACT and payload packets.
- 
int drm_dp_update_payload_part2(struct drm_dp_mst_topology_mgr * mgr)¶
- Execute payload update part 2 
Parameters
- struct drm_dp_mst_topology_mgr * mgr
- manager to use.
Description
This iterates over all proposed virtual channels, and tries to allocate space in the link for them. For 0->slots transitions, this step writes the remote VC payload commands. For slots->0 this just resets some internal state.
- 
int drm_dp_mst_topology_mgr_set_mst(struct drm_dp_mst_topology_mgr * mgr, bool mst_state)¶
- Set the MST state for a topology manager 
Parameters
- struct drm_dp_mst_topology_mgr * mgr
- manager to set state for
- bool mst_state
- true to enable MST on this connector - false to disable.
Description
This is called by the driver when it detects an MST capable device plugged into a DP MST capable port, or when a DP MST capable device is unplugged.
- 
void drm_dp_mst_topology_mgr_suspend(struct drm_dp_mst_topology_mgr * mgr)¶
- suspend the MST manager 
Parameters
- struct drm_dp_mst_topology_mgr * mgr
- manager to suspend
Description
This function tells the MST device that we can’t handle UP messages anymore. This should stop it from sending any since we are suspended.
- 
int drm_dp_mst_topology_mgr_resume(struct drm_dp_mst_topology_mgr * mgr, bool sync)¶
- resume the MST manager 
Parameters
- struct drm_dp_mst_topology_mgr * mgr
- manager to resume
- bool sync
- whether or not to perform topology reprobing synchronously
Description
This will fetch DPCD and see if the device is still there, if it is, it will rewrite the MSTM control bits, and return.
If the device fails this returns -1, and the driver should do a full MST reprobe, in case we were undocked.
During system resume (where it is assumed that the driver will be calling
drm_atomic_helper_resume()) this function should be called beforehand with
sync set to true. In contexts like runtime resume where the driver is not
expected to be calling drm_atomic_helper_resume(), this function should be
called with sync set to false in order to avoid deadlocking.
Return
-1 if the MST topology was removed while we were suspended, 0 otherwise.
- 
int drm_dp_mst_hpd_irq(struct drm_dp_mst_topology_mgr * mgr, u8 * esi, bool * handled)¶
- MST hotplug IRQ notify 
Parameters
- struct drm_dp_mst_topology_mgr * mgr
- manager to notify irq for.
- u8 * esi
- 4 bytes from SINK_COUNT_ESI
- bool * handled
- whether the hpd interrupt was consumed or not
Description
This should be called from the driver when it detects a short IRQ, along with the value of the DEVICE_SERVICE_IRQ_VECTOR_ESI0. The topology manager will process the sideband messages received as a result of this.
- 
int drm_dp_mst_detect_port(struct drm_connector * connector, struct drm_modeset_acquire_ctx * ctx, struct drm_dp_mst_topology_mgr * mgr, struct drm_dp_mst_port * port)¶
- get connection status for an MST port 
Parameters
- struct drm_connector * connector
- DRM connector for this port
- struct drm_modeset_acquire_ctx * ctx
- The acquisition context to use for grabbing locks
- struct drm_dp_mst_topology_mgr * mgr
- manager for this port
- struct drm_dp_mst_port * port
- pointer to a port
Description
This returns the current connection state for a port.
- 
bool drm_dp_mst_port_has_audio(struct drm_dp_mst_topology_mgr * mgr, struct drm_dp_mst_port * port)¶
- Check whether port has audio capability or not 
Parameters
- struct drm_dp_mst_topology_mgr * mgr
- manager for this port
- struct drm_dp_mst_port * port
- unverified pointer to a port.
Description
This returns whether the port supports audio or not.
- 
struct edid * drm_dp_mst_get_edid(struct drm_connector * connector, struct drm_dp_mst_topology_mgr * mgr, struct drm_dp_mst_port * port)¶
- get EDID for an MST port 
Parameters
- struct drm_connector * connector
- toplevel connector to get EDID for
- struct drm_dp_mst_topology_mgr * mgr
- manager for this port
- struct drm_dp_mst_port * port
- unverified pointer to a port.
Description
This returns an EDID for the port connected to a connector, It validates the pointer still exists so the caller doesn’t require a reference.
- 
int drm_dp_find_vcpi_slots(struct drm_dp_mst_topology_mgr * mgr, int pbn)¶
- Find VCPI slots for this PBN value 
Parameters
- struct drm_dp_mst_topology_mgr * mgr
- manager to use
- int pbn
- payload bandwidth to convert into slots.
Description
Calculate the number of VCPI slots that will be required for the given PBN value. This function is deprecated, and should not be used in atomic drivers.
Return
The total slots required for this port, or error.
- 
int drm_dp_atomic_find_vcpi_slots(struct drm_atomic_state * state, struct drm_dp_mst_topology_mgr * mgr, struct drm_dp_mst_port * port, int pbn)¶
- Find and add VCPI slots to the state 
Parameters
- struct drm_atomic_state * state
- global atomic state
- struct drm_dp_mst_topology_mgr * mgr
- MST topology manager for the port
- struct drm_dp_mst_port * port
- port to find vcpi slots for
- int pbn
- bandwidth required for the mode in PBN
Description
Allocates VCPI slots to port, replacing any previous VCPI allocations it
may have had. Any atomic drivers which support MST must call this function
in their drm_encoder_helper_funcs.atomic_check() callback to change the
current VCPI allocation for the new state, but only when
drm_crtc_state.mode_changed or drm_crtc_state.connectors_changed is set
to ensure compatibility with userspace applications that still use the
legacy modesetting UAPI.
Allocations set by this function are not checked against the bandwidth
restraints of mgr until the driver calls drm_dp_mst_atomic_check().
Additionally, it is OK to call this function multiple times on the same
port as needed. It is not OK however, to call this function and
drm_dp_atomic_release_vcpi_slots() in the same atomic check phase.
See also:
drm_dp_atomic_release_vcpi_slots()
drm_dp_mst_atomic_check()
Return
Total slots in the atomic state assigned for this port, or a negative error code if the port no longer exists
- 
int drm_dp_atomic_release_vcpi_slots(struct drm_atomic_state * state, struct drm_dp_mst_topology_mgr * mgr, struct drm_dp_mst_port * port)¶
- Release allocated vcpi slots 
Parameters
- struct drm_atomic_state * state
- global atomic state
- struct drm_dp_mst_topology_mgr * mgr
- MST topology manager for the port
- struct drm_dp_mst_port * port
- The port to release the VCPI slots from
Description
Releases any VCPI slots that have been allocated to a port in the atomic
state. Any atomic drivers which support MST must call this function in
their drm_connector_helper_funcs.atomic_check() callback when the
connector will no longer have VCPI allocated (e.g. because its CRTC was
removed) when it had VCPI allocated in the previous atomic state.
It is OK to call this even if port has been removed from the system.
Additionally, it is OK to call this function multiple times on the same
port as needed. It is not OK however, to call this function and
drm_dp_atomic_find_vcpi_slots() on the same port in a single atomic check
phase.
See also:
drm_dp_atomic_find_vcpi_slots()
drm_dp_mst_atomic_check()
Return
0 if all slots for this port were added back to
drm_dp_mst_topology_state.avail_slots or negative error code
- 
bool drm_dp_mst_allocate_vcpi(struct drm_dp_mst_topology_mgr * mgr, struct drm_dp_mst_port * port, int pbn, int slots)¶
- Allocate a virtual channel 
Parameters
- struct drm_dp_mst_topology_mgr * mgr
- manager for this port
- struct drm_dp_mst_port * port
- port to allocate a virtual channel for.
- int pbn
- payload bandwidth number to request
- int slots
- returned number of slots for this PBN.
- 
void drm_dp_mst_reset_vcpi_slots(struct drm_dp_mst_topology_mgr * mgr, struct drm_dp_mst_port * port)¶
- Reset number of slots to 0 for VCPI 
Parameters
- struct drm_dp_mst_topology_mgr * mgr
- manager for this port
- struct drm_dp_mst_port * port
- unverified pointer to a port.
Description
This just resets the number of slots for the ports VCPI for later programming.
- 
void drm_dp_mst_deallocate_vcpi(struct drm_dp_mst_topology_mgr * mgr, struct drm_dp_mst_port * port)¶
- deallocate a VCPI 
Parameters
- struct drm_dp_mst_topology_mgr * mgr
- manager for this port
- struct drm_dp_mst_port * port
- port to deallocate vcpi for
Description
This can be called unconditionally, regardless of whether
drm_dp_mst_allocate_vcpi() succeeded or not.
- 
int drm_dp_check_act_status(struct drm_dp_mst_topology_mgr * mgr)¶
- Check ACT handled status. 
Parameters
- struct drm_dp_mst_topology_mgr * mgr
- manager to use
Description
Check the payload status bits in the DPCD for ACT handled completion.
- 
int drm_dp_calc_pbn_mode(int clock, int bpp)¶
- Calculate the PBN for a mode. 
Parameters
- int clock
- dot clock for the mode
- int bpp
- bpp for the mode.
Description
This uses the formula in the spec to calculate the PBN value for a mode.
- 
void drm_dp_mst_dump_topology(struct seq_file * m, struct drm_dp_mst_topology_mgr * mgr)¶
Parameters
- struct seq_file * m
- seq_file to dump output to
- struct drm_dp_mst_topology_mgr * mgr
- manager to dump current topology for.
Description
helper to dump MST topology to a seq file for debugfs.
- 
int drm_dp_mst_atomic_check(struct drm_atomic_state * state)¶
- Check that the new state of an MST topology in an atomic update is valid 
Parameters
- struct drm_atomic_state * state
- Pointer to the new struct drm_dp_mst_topology_state
Description
Checks the given topology state for an atomic update to ensure that it’s valid. This includes checking whether there’s enough bandwidth to support the new VCPI allocations in the atomic update.
Any atomic drivers supporting DP MST must make sure to call this after
checking the rest of their state in their
drm_mode_config_funcs.atomic_check() callback.
See also:
drm_dp_atomic_find_vcpi_slots()
drm_dp_atomic_release_vcpi_slots()
Return
0 if the new state is valid, negative error code otherwise.
- 
struct drm_dp_mst_topology_state * drm_atomic_get_mst_topology_state(struct drm_atomic_state * state, struct drm_dp_mst_topology_mgr * mgr)¶
Parameters
- struct drm_atomic_state * state
- global atomic state
- struct drm_dp_mst_topology_mgr * mgr
- MST topology manager, also the private object in this case
Description
This function wraps drm_atomic_get_priv_obj_state() passing in the MST atomic
state vtable so that the private object state returned is that of a MST
topology object. Also, drm_atomic_get_private_obj_state() expects the caller
to care of the locking, so warn if don’t hold the connection_mutex.
Return
The MST topology state or error pointer.
- 
int drm_dp_mst_topology_mgr_init(struct drm_dp_mst_topology_mgr * mgr, struct drm_device * dev, struct drm_dp_aux * aux, int max_dpcd_transaction_bytes, int max_payloads, int conn_base_id)¶
- initialise a topology manager 
Parameters
- struct drm_dp_mst_topology_mgr * mgr
- manager struct to initialise
- struct drm_device * dev
- device providing this structure - for i2c addition.
- struct drm_dp_aux * aux
- DP helper aux channel to talk to this device
- int max_dpcd_transaction_bytes
- hw specific DPCD transaction limit
- int max_payloads
- maximum number of payloads this GPU can source
- int conn_base_id
- the connector object ID the MST device is connected to.
Description
Return 0 for success, or negative error code on failure
- 
void drm_dp_mst_topology_mgr_destroy(struct drm_dp_mst_topology_mgr * mgr)¶
- destroy topology manager. 
Parameters
- struct drm_dp_mst_topology_mgr * mgr
- manager to destroy
Topology Lifetime Internals¶
These functions aren’t exported to drivers, but are documented here to help make the MST topology helpers easier to understand
- 
void drm_dp_mst_get_mstb_malloc(struct drm_dp_mst_branch * mstb)¶
- Increment the malloc refcount of a branch device 
Parameters
- struct drm_dp_mst_branch * mstb
- The struct drm_dp_mst_branchto increment the malloc refcount of
Description
Increments drm_dp_mst_branch.malloc_kref. When
drm_dp_mst_branch.malloc_kref reaches 0, the memory allocation for mstb
will be released and mstb may no longer be used.
See also: drm_dp_mst_put_mstb_malloc()
- 
void drm_dp_mst_put_mstb_malloc(struct drm_dp_mst_branch * mstb)¶
- Decrement the malloc refcount of a branch device 
Parameters
- struct drm_dp_mst_branch * mstb
- The struct drm_dp_mst_branchto decrement the malloc refcount of
Description
Decrements drm_dp_mst_branch.malloc_kref. When
drm_dp_mst_branch.malloc_kref reaches 0, the memory allocation for mstb
will be released and mstb may no longer be used.
See also: drm_dp_mst_get_mstb_malloc()
- 
int drm_dp_mst_topology_try_get_mstb(struct drm_dp_mst_branch * mstb)¶
- Increment the topology refcount of a branch device unless it’s zero 
Parameters
- struct drm_dp_mst_branch * mstb
- struct drm_dp_mst_branchto increment the topology refcount of
Description
Attempts to grab a topology reference to mstb, if it hasn’t yet been
removed from the topology (e.g. drm_dp_mst_branch.topology_kref has
reached 0). Holding a topology reference implies that a malloc reference
will be held to mstb as long as the user holds the topology reference.
Care should be taken to ensure that the user has at least one malloc
reference to mstb. If you already have a topology reference to mstb, you
should use drm_dp_mst_topology_get_mstb() instead.
See also:
drm_dp_mst_topology_get_mstb()
drm_dp_mst_topology_put_mstb()
Return
- 1: A topology reference was grabbed successfully
- 0: port is no longer in the topology, no reference was grabbed
- 
void drm_dp_mst_topology_get_mstb(struct drm_dp_mst_branch * mstb)¶
- Increment the topology refcount of a branch device 
Parameters
- struct drm_dp_mst_branch * mstb
- The struct drm_dp_mst_branchto increment the topology refcount of
Description
Increments drm_dp_mst_branch.topology_refcount without checking whether or
not it’s already reached 0. This is only valid to use in scenarios where
you are already guaranteed to have at least one active topology reference
to mstb. Otherwise, drm_dp_mst_topology_try_get_mstb() must be used.
See also:
drm_dp_mst_topology_try_get_mstb()
drm_dp_mst_topology_put_mstb()
- 
void drm_dp_mst_topology_put_mstb(struct drm_dp_mst_branch * mstb)¶
- release a topology reference to a branch device 
Parameters
- struct drm_dp_mst_branch * mstb
- The struct drm_dp_mst_branchto release the topology reference from
Description
Releases a topology reference from mstb by decrementing
drm_dp_mst_branch.topology_kref.
See also:
drm_dp_mst_topology_try_get_mstb()
drm_dp_mst_topology_get_mstb()
- 
int drm_dp_mst_topology_try_get_port(struct drm_dp_mst_port * port)¶
- Increment the topology refcount of a port unless it’s zero 
Parameters
- struct drm_dp_mst_port * port
- struct drm_dp_mst_portto increment the topology refcount of
Description
Attempts to grab a topology reference to port, if it hasn’t yet been
removed from the topology (e.g. drm_dp_mst_port.topology_kref has reached
0). Holding a topology reference implies that a malloc reference will be
held to port as long as the user holds the topology reference.
Care should be taken to ensure that the user has at least one malloc
reference to port. If you already have a topology reference to port, you
should use drm_dp_mst_topology_get_port() instead.
See also:
drm_dp_mst_topology_get_port()
drm_dp_mst_topology_put_port()
Return
- 1: A topology reference was grabbed successfully
- 0: port is no longer in the topology, no reference was grabbed
- 
void drm_dp_mst_topology_get_port(struct drm_dp_mst_port * port)¶
- Increment the topology refcount of a port 
Parameters
- struct drm_dp_mst_port * port
- The struct drm_dp_mst_portto increment the topology refcount of
Description
Increments drm_dp_mst_port.topology_refcount without checking whether or
not it’s already reached 0. This is only valid to use in scenarios where
you are already guaranteed to have at least one active topology reference
to port. Otherwise, drm_dp_mst_topology_try_get_port() must be used.
See also:
drm_dp_mst_topology_try_get_port()
drm_dp_mst_topology_put_port()
- 
void drm_dp_mst_topology_put_port(struct drm_dp_mst_port * port)¶
- release a topology reference to a port 
Parameters
- struct drm_dp_mst_port * port
- The struct drm_dp_mst_portto release the topology reference from
Description
Releases a topology reference from port by decrementing
drm_dp_mst_port.topology_kref.
See also:
drm_dp_mst_topology_try_get_port()
drm_dp_mst_topology_get_port()
MIPI DBI Helper Functions Reference¶
This library provides helpers for MIPI Display Bus Interface (DBI) compatible display controllers.
Many controllers for tiny lcd displays are MIPI compliant and can use this library. If a controller uses registers 0x2A and 0x2B to set the area to update and uses register 0x2C to write to frame memory, it is most likely MIPI compliant.
Only MIPI Type 1 displays are supported since a full frame memory is needed.
There are 3 MIPI DBI implementation types:
- Motorola 6800 type parallel bus
- Intel 8080 type parallel bus
- SPI type with 3 options:- 9-bit with the Data/Command signal as the ninth bit
- Same as above except it’s sent as 16 bits
- 8-bit with the Data/Command signal as a separate D/CX pin
 
Currently mipi_dbi only supports Type C options 1 and 3 with
mipi_dbi_spi_init().
- 
struct mipi_dbi¶
- MIPI DBI interface 
Definition
struct mipi_dbi {
  struct mutex cmdlock;
  int (*command)(struct mipi_dbi *dbi, u8 *cmd, u8 *param, size_t num);
  const u8 *read_commands;
  bool swap_bytes;
  struct gpio_desc *reset;
  struct spi_device *spi;
  struct gpio_desc *dc;
  void *tx_buf9;
  size_t tx_buf9_len;
};
Members
- cmdlock
- Command lock
- command
- Bus specific callback executing commands.
- read_commands
- Array of read commands terminated by a zero entry.
- Reading is disabled if this is NULL.
 
- swap_bytes
- Swap bytes in buffer before transfer
- reset
- Optional reset gpio
- spi
- SPI device
- dc
- Optional D/C gpio.
- tx_buf9
- Buffer used for Option 1 9-bit conversion
- tx_buf9_len
- Size of tx_buf9.
- 
struct mipi_dbi_dev¶
- MIPI DBI device 
Definition
struct mipi_dbi_dev {
  struct drm_device drm;
  struct drm_simple_display_pipe pipe;
  struct drm_connector connector;
  struct drm_display_mode mode;
  bool enabled;
  u16 *tx_buf;
  unsigned int rotation;
  struct backlight_device *backlight;
  struct regulator *regulator;
  struct mipi_dbi dbi;
};
Members
- drm
- DRM device
- pipe
- Display pipe structure
- connector
- Connector
- mode
- Fixed display mode
- enabled
- Pipeline is enabled
- tx_buf
- Buffer used for transfer (copy clip rect area)
- rotation
- initial rotation in degrees Counter Clock Wise
- backlight
- backlight device (optional)
- regulator
- power regulator (optional)
- dbi
- MIPI DBI interface
- 
mipi_dbi_command(dbi, cmd, seq)¶
- MIPI DCS command with optional parameter(s) 
Parameters
- dbi
- MIPI DBI structure
- cmd
- Command
- seq
- Optional parameter(s)
Description
Send MIPI DCS command to the controller. Use mipi_dbi_command_read() for
get/read.
Return
Zero on success, negative error code on failure.
Parameters
- struct mipi_dbi * dbi
- MIPI DBI structure
- u8 cmd
- Command
- u8 * val
- Value read
Description
Send MIPI DCS read command to the controller.
Return
Zero on success, negative error code on failure.
- 
int mipi_dbi_command_buf(struct mipi_dbi * dbi, u8 cmd, u8 * data, size_t len)¶
- MIPI DCS command with parameter(s) in an array 
Parameters
- struct mipi_dbi * dbi
- MIPI DBI structure
- u8 cmd
- Command
- u8 * data
- Parameter buffer
- size_t len
- Buffer length
Return
Zero on success, negative error code on failure.
- 
int mipi_dbi_buf_copy(void * dst, struct drm_framebuffer * fb, struct drm_rect * clip, bool swap)¶
- Copy a framebuffer, transforming it if necessary 
Parameters
- void * dst
- The destination buffer
- struct drm_framebuffer * fb
- The source framebuffer
- struct drm_rect * clip
- Clipping rectangle of the area to be copied
- bool swap
- When true, swap MSB/LSB of 16-bit values
Return
Zero on success, negative error code on failure.
- 
void mipi_dbi_pipe_update(struct drm_simple_display_pipe * pipe, struct drm_plane_state * old_state)¶
- Display pipe update helper 
Parameters
- struct drm_simple_display_pipe * pipe
- Simple display pipe
- struct drm_plane_state * old_state
- Old plane state
Description
This function handles framebuffer flushing and vblank events. Drivers can use
this as their drm_simple_display_pipe_funcs->update callback.
- 
void mipi_dbi_enable_flush(struct mipi_dbi_dev * dbidev, struct drm_crtc_state * crtc_state, struct drm_plane_state * plane_state)¶
- MIPI DBI enable helper 
Parameters
- struct mipi_dbi_dev * dbidev
- MIPI DBI device structure
- struct drm_crtc_state * crtc_state
- CRTC state
- struct drm_plane_state * plane_state
- Plane state
Description
This function sets mipi_dbi->enabled, flushes the whole framebuffer and
enables the backlight. Drivers can use this in their
drm_simple_display_pipe_funcs->enable callback.
Note
Drivers which don’t use mipi_dbi_pipe_update() because they have custom
framebuffer flushing, can’t use this function since they both use the same
flushing code.
- 
void mipi_dbi_pipe_disable(struct drm_simple_display_pipe * pipe)¶
- MIPI DBI pipe disable helper 
Parameters
- struct drm_simple_display_pipe * pipe
- Display pipe
Description
This function disables backlight if present, if not the display memory is
blanked. The regulator is disabled if in use. Drivers can use this as their
drm_simple_display_pipe_funcs->disable callback.
- 
int mipi_dbi_dev_init_with_formats(struct mipi_dbi_dev * dbidev, const struct drm_simple_display_pipe_funcs * funcs, const uint32_t * formats, unsigned int format_count, const struct drm_display_mode * mode, unsigned int rotation, size_t tx_buf_size)¶
- MIPI DBI device initialization with custom formats 
Parameters
- struct mipi_dbi_dev * dbidev
- MIPI DBI device structure to initialize
- const struct drm_simple_display_pipe_funcs * funcs
- Display pipe functions
- const uint32_t * formats
- Array of supported formats (DRM_FORMAT_*).
- unsigned int format_count
- Number of elements in formats
- const struct drm_display_mode * mode
- Display mode
- unsigned int rotation
- Initial rotation in degrees Counter Clock Wise
- size_t tx_buf_size
- Allocate a transmit buffer of this size.
Description
This function sets up a drm_simple_display_pipe with a drm_connector that
has one fixed drm_display_mode which is rotated according to rotation.
This mode is used to set the mode config min/max width/height properties.
Use mipi_dbi_dev_init() if you don’t need custom formats.
Note
Some of the helper functions expects RGB565 to be the default format and the transmit buffer sized to fit that.
Return
Zero on success, negative error code on failure.
- 
int mipi_dbi_dev_init(struct mipi_dbi_dev * dbidev, const struct drm_simple_display_pipe_funcs * funcs, const struct drm_display_mode * mode, unsigned int rotation)¶
- MIPI DBI device initialization 
Parameters
- struct mipi_dbi_dev * dbidev
- MIPI DBI device structure to initialize
- const struct drm_simple_display_pipe_funcs * funcs
- Display pipe functions
- const struct drm_display_mode * mode
- Display mode
- unsigned int rotation
- Initial rotation in degrees Counter Clock Wise
Description
This function sets up a drm_simple_display_pipe with a drm_connector that
has one fixed drm_display_mode which is rotated according to rotation.
This mode is used to set the mode config min/max width/height properties.
Additionally mipi_dbi.tx_buf is allocated.
Supported formats: Native RGB565 and emulated XRGB8888.
Return
Zero on success, negative error code on failure.
- 
void mipi_dbi_release(struct drm_device * drm)¶
- DRM driver release helper 
Parameters
- struct drm_device * drm
- DRM device
Description
This function finalizes and frees mipi_dbi.
Drivers can use this as their drm_driver->release callback.
Parameters
- struct mipi_dbi * dbi
- MIPI DBI structure
Description
Reset controller if the mipi_dbi->reset gpio is set.
Parameters
- struct mipi_dbi * dbi
- MIPI DBI structure
Description
This function checks the Power Mode register (if readable) to see if display output is turned on. This can be used to see if the bootloader has already turned on the display avoiding flicker when the pipeline is enabled.
Return
true if the display can be verified to be on, false otherwise.
- 
int mipi_dbi_poweron_reset(struct mipi_dbi_dev * dbidev)¶
- MIPI DBI poweron and reset 
Parameters
- struct mipi_dbi_dev * dbidev
- MIPI DBI device structure
Description
This function enables the regulator if used and does a hardware and software reset.
Return
Zero on success, or a negative error code.
- 
int mipi_dbi_poweron_conditional_reset(struct mipi_dbi_dev * dbidev)¶
- MIPI DBI poweron and conditional reset 
Parameters
- struct mipi_dbi_dev * dbidev
- MIPI DBI device structure
Description
This function enables the regulator if used and if the display is off, it
does a hardware and software reset. If mipi_dbi_display_is_on() determines
that the display is on, no reset is performed.
Return
Zero if the controller was reset, 1 if the display was already on, or a negative error code.
- 
u32 mipi_dbi_spi_cmd_max_speed(struct spi_device * spi, size_t len)¶
- get the maximum SPI bus speed 
Parameters
- struct spi_device * spi
- SPI device
- size_t len
- The transfer buffer length.
Description
Many controllers have a max speed of 10MHz, but can be pushed way beyond that. Increase reliability by running pixel data at max speed and the rest at 10MHz, preventing transfer glitches from messing up the init settings.
- 
int mipi_dbi_spi_init(struct spi_device * spi, struct mipi_dbi * dbi, struct gpio_desc * dc)¶
- Initialize MIPI DBI SPI interface 
Parameters
- struct spi_device * spi
- SPI device
- struct mipi_dbi * dbi
- MIPI DBI structure to initialize
- struct gpio_desc * dc
- D/C gpio (optional)
Description
This function sets mipi_dbi->command, enables mipi_dbi->read_commands for the
usual read commands. It should be followed by a call to mipi_dbi_dev_init() or
a driver-specific init.
If dc is set, a Type C Option 3 interface is assumed, if not Type C Option 1.
If the SPI master driver doesn’t support the necessary bits per word, the following transformation is used:
- 9-bit: reorder buffer as 9x 8-bit words, padded with no-op command.
- 16-bit: if big endian send as 8-bit, if little endian swap bytes
Return
Zero on success, negative error code on failure.
- 
int mipi_dbi_spi_transfer(struct spi_device * spi, u32 speed_hz, u8 bpw, const void * buf, size_t len)¶
- SPI transfer helper 
Parameters
- struct spi_device * spi
- SPI device
- u32 speed_hz
- Override speed (optional)
- u8 bpw
- Bits per word
- const void * buf
- Buffer to transfer
- size_t len
- Buffer length
Description
This SPI transfer helper breaks up the transfer of buf into chunks which the SPI controller driver can handle.
Return
Zero on success, negative error code on failure.
Parameters
- struct drm_minor * minor
- DRM minor
Description
This function creates a ‘command’ debugfs file for sending commands to the
controller or getting the read command values.
Drivers can use this as their drm_driver->debugfs_init callback.
Return
Zero on success, negative error code on failure.
MIPI DSI Helper Functions Reference¶
These functions contain some common logic and helpers to deal with MIPI DSI peripherals.
Helpers are provided for a number of standard MIPI DSI command as well as a subset of the MIPI DCS command set.
- 
struct mipi_dsi_msg¶
- read/write DSI buffer 
Definition
struct mipi_dsi_msg {
  u8 channel;
  u8 type;
  u16 flags;
  size_t tx_len;
  const void *tx_buf;
  size_t rx_len;
  void *rx_buf;
};
Members
- channel
- virtual channel id
- type
- payload data type
- flags
- flags controlling this message transmission
- tx_len
- length of tx_buf
- tx_buf
- data to be written
- rx_len
- length of rx_buf
- rx_buf
- data to be read, or NULL
- 
struct mipi_dsi_packet¶
- represents a MIPI DSI packet in protocol format 
Definition
struct mipi_dsi_packet {
  size_t size;
  u8 header[4];
  size_t payload_length;
  const u8 *payload;
};
Members
- size
- size (in bytes) of the packet
- header
- the four bytes that make up the header (Data ID, Word Count or Packet Data, and ECC)
- payload_length
- number of bytes in the payload
- payload
- a pointer to a buffer containing the payload, if any
- 
struct mipi_dsi_host_ops¶
- DSI bus operations 
Definition
struct mipi_dsi_host_ops {
  int (*attach)(struct mipi_dsi_host *host, struct mipi_dsi_device *dsi);
  int (*detach)(struct mipi_dsi_host *host, struct mipi_dsi_device *dsi);
  ssize_t (*transfer)(struct mipi_dsi_host *host, const struct mipi_dsi_msg *msg);
};
Members
- attach
- attach DSI device to DSI host
- detach
- detach DSI device from DSI host
- transfer
- transmit a DSI packet
Description
DSI packets transmitted by .transfer() are passed in as mipi_dsi_msg structures. This structure contains information about the type of packet being transmitted as well as the transmit and receive buffers. When an error is encountered during transmission, this function will return a negative error code. On success it shall return the number of bytes transmitted for write packets or the number of bytes received for read packets.
Note that typically DSI packet transmission is atomic, so the .transfer() function will seldomly return anything other than the number of bytes contained in the transmit buffer on success.
- 
struct mipi_dsi_host¶
- DSI host device 
Definition
struct mipi_dsi_host {
  struct device *dev;
  const struct mipi_dsi_host_ops *ops;
  struct list_head list;
};
Members
- dev
- driver model device node for this DSI host
- ops
- DSI host operations
- list
- list management
- 
struct mipi_dsi_device_info¶
- template for creating a mipi_dsi_device 
Definition
struct mipi_dsi_device_info {
  char type[DSI_DEV_NAME_SIZE];
  u32 channel;
  struct device_node *node;
};
Members
- type
- DSI peripheral chip type
- channel
- DSI virtual channel assigned to peripheral
- node
- pointer to OF device node or NULL
Description
This is populated and passed to mipi_dsi_device_new to create a new DSI device
- 
struct mipi_dsi_device¶
- DSI peripheral device 
Definition
struct mipi_dsi_device {
  struct mipi_dsi_host *host;
  struct device dev;
  char name[DSI_DEV_NAME_SIZE];
  unsigned int channel;
  unsigned int lanes;
  enum mipi_dsi_pixel_format format;
  unsigned long mode_flags;
  unsigned long hs_rate;
  unsigned long lp_rate;
};
Members
- host
- DSI host for this peripheral
- dev
- driver model device node for this peripheral
- name
- DSI peripheral chip type
- channel
- virtual channel assigned to the peripheral
- lanes
- number of active data lanes
- format
- pixel format for video mode
- mode_flags
- DSI operation mode related flags
- hs_rate
- maximum lane frequency for high speed mode in hertz, this should be set to the real limits of the hardware, zero is only accepted for legacy drivers
- lp_rate
- maximum lane frequency for low power mode in hertz, this should be set to the real limits of the hardware, zero is only accepted for legacy drivers
- 
int mipi_dsi_pixel_format_to_bpp(enum mipi_dsi_pixel_format fmt)¶
- obtain the number of bits per pixel for any given pixel format defined by the MIPI DSI specification 
Parameters
- enum mipi_dsi_pixel_format fmt
- MIPI DSI pixel format
Return
The number of bits per pixel of the given pixel format.
- 
enum mipi_dsi_dcs_tear_mode¶
- Tearing Effect Output Line mode 
Constants
- MIPI_DSI_DCS_TEAR_MODE_VBLANK
- the TE output line consists of V-Blanking information only
- MIPI_DSI_DCS_TEAR_MODE_VHBLANK
- the TE output line consists of both V-Blanking and H-Blanking information
- 
struct mipi_dsi_driver¶
- DSI driver 
Definition
struct mipi_dsi_driver {
  struct device_driver driver;
  int(*probe)(struct mipi_dsi_device *dsi);
  int(*remove)(struct mipi_dsi_device *dsi);
  void (*shutdown)(struct mipi_dsi_device *dsi);
};
Members
- driver
- device driver model driver
- probe
- callback for device binding
- remove
- callback for device unbinding
- shutdown
- called at shutdown time to quiesce the device
- 
struct mipi_dsi_device * of_find_mipi_dsi_device_by_node(struct device_node * np)¶
- find the MIPI DSI device matching a device tree node 
Parameters
- struct device_node * np
- device tree node
Return
- A pointer to the MIPI DSI device corresponding to np or NULL if no
- such device exists (or has not been registered yet).
- 
struct mipi_dsi_device * mipi_dsi_device_register_full(struct mipi_dsi_host * host, const struct mipi_dsi_device_info * info)¶
- create a MIPI DSI device 
Parameters
- struct mipi_dsi_host * host
- DSI host to which this device is connected
- const struct mipi_dsi_device_info * info
- pointer to template containing DSI device information
Description
Create a MIPI DSI device by using the device information provided by mipi_dsi_device_info template
Return
A pointer to the newly created MIPI DSI device, or, a pointer encoded with an error
- 
void mipi_dsi_device_unregister(struct mipi_dsi_device * dsi)¶
- unregister MIPI DSI device 
Parameters
- struct mipi_dsi_device * dsi
- DSI peripheral device
- 
struct mipi_dsi_host * of_find_mipi_dsi_host_by_node(struct device_node * node)¶
- find the MIPI DSI host matching a device tree node 
Parameters
- struct device_node * node
- device tree node
Return
A pointer to the MIPI DSI host corresponding to node or NULL if no such device exists (or has not been registered yet).
- 
int mipi_dsi_attach(struct mipi_dsi_device * dsi)¶
- attach a DSI device to its DSI host 
Parameters
- struct mipi_dsi_device * dsi
- DSI peripheral
- 
int mipi_dsi_detach(struct mipi_dsi_device * dsi)¶
- detach a DSI device from its DSI host 
Parameters
- struct mipi_dsi_device * dsi
- DSI peripheral
- 
bool mipi_dsi_packet_format_is_short(u8 type)¶
- check if a packet is of the short format 
Parameters
- u8 type
- MIPI DSI data type of the packet
Return
true if the packet for the given data type is a short packet, false otherwise.
- 
bool mipi_dsi_packet_format_is_long(u8 type)¶
- check if a packet is of the long format 
Parameters
- u8 type
- MIPI DSI data type of the packet
Return
true if the packet for the given data type is a long packet, false otherwise.
- 
int mipi_dsi_create_packet(struct mipi_dsi_packet * packet, const struct mipi_dsi_msg * msg)¶
- create a packet from a message according to the DSI protocol 
Parameters
- struct mipi_dsi_packet * packet
- pointer to a DSI packet structure
- const struct mipi_dsi_msg * msg
- message to translate into a packet
Return
0 on success or a negative error code on failure.
- 
int mipi_dsi_shutdown_peripheral(struct mipi_dsi_device * dsi)¶
- sends a Shutdown Peripheral command 
Parameters
- struct mipi_dsi_device * dsi
- DSI peripheral device
Return
0 on success or a negative error code on failure.
- 
int mipi_dsi_turn_on_peripheral(struct mipi_dsi_device * dsi)¶
- sends a Turn On Peripheral command 
Parameters
- struct mipi_dsi_device * dsi
- DSI peripheral device
Return
0 on success or a negative error code on failure.
- 
ssize_t mipi_dsi_generic_write(struct mipi_dsi_device * dsi, const void * payload, size_t size)¶
- transmit data using a generic write packet 
Parameters
- struct mipi_dsi_device * dsi
- DSI peripheral device
- const void * payload
- buffer containing the payload
- size_t size
- size of payload buffer
Description
This function will automatically choose the right data type depending on the payload length.
Return
The number of bytes transmitted on success or a negative error code on failure.
- 
ssize_t mipi_dsi_generic_read(struct mipi_dsi_device * dsi, const void * params, size_t num_params, void * data, size_t size)¶
- receive data using a generic read packet 
Parameters
- struct mipi_dsi_device * dsi
- DSI peripheral device
- const void * params
- buffer containing the request parameters
- size_t num_params
- number of request parameters
- void * data
- buffer in which to return the received data
- size_t size
- size of receive buffer
Description
This function will automatically choose the right data type depending on the number of parameters passed in.
Return
The number of bytes successfully read or a negative error code on failure.
- 
ssize_t mipi_dsi_dcs_write_buffer(struct mipi_dsi_device * dsi, const void * data, size_t len)¶
- transmit a DCS command with payload 
Parameters
- struct mipi_dsi_device * dsi
- DSI peripheral device
- const void * data
- buffer containing data to be transmitted
- size_t len
- size of transmission buffer
Description
This function will automatically choose the right data type depending on the command payload length.
Return
The number of bytes successfully transmitted or a negative error code on failure.
- 
ssize_t mipi_dsi_dcs_write(struct mipi_dsi_device * dsi, u8 cmd, const void * data, size_t len)¶
- send DCS write command 
Parameters
- struct mipi_dsi_device * dsi
- DSI peripheral device
- u8 cmd
- DCS command
- const void * data
- buffer containing the command payload
- size_t len
- command payload length
Description
This function will automatically choose the right data type depending on the command payload length.
Return
The number of bytes successfully transmitted or a negative error code on failure.
- 
ssize_t mipi_dsi_dcs_read(struct mipi_dsi_device * dsi, u8 cmd, void * data, size_t len)¶
- send DCS read request command 
Parameters
- struct mipi_dsi_device * dsi
- DSI peripheral device
- u8 cmd
- DCS command
- void * data
- buffer in which to receive data
- size_t len
- size of receive buffer
Return
The number of bytes read or a negative error code on failure.
- 
int mipi_dsi_dcs_nop(struct mipi_dsi_device * dsi)¶
- send DCS nop packet 
Parameters
- struct mipi_dsi_device * dsi
- DSI peripheral device
Return
0 on success or a negative error code on failure.
- 
int mipi_dsi_dcs_soft_reset(struct mipi_dsi_device * dsi)¶
- perform a software reset of the display module 
Parameters
- struct mipi_dsi_device * dsi
- DSI peripheral device
Return
0 on success or a negative error code on failure.
- 
int mipi_dsi_dcs_get_power_mode(struct mipi_dsi_device * dsi, u8 * mode)¶
- query the display module’s current power mode 
Parameters
- struct mipi_dsi_device * dsi
- DSI peripheral device
- u8 * mode
- return location for the current power mode
Return
0 on success or a negative error code on failure.
- 
int mipi_dsi_dcs_get_pixel_format(struct mipi_dsi_device * dsi, u8 * format)¶
- gets the pixel format for the RGB image data used by the interface 
Parameters
- struct mipi_dsi_device * dsi
- DSI peripheral device
- u8 * format
- return location for the pixel format
Return
0 on success or a negative error code on failure.
- 
int mipi_dsi_dcs_enter_sleep_mode(struct mipi_dsi_device * dsi)¶
- disable all unnecessary blocks inside the display module except interface communication 
Parameters
- struct mipi_dsi_device * dsi
- DSI peripheral device
Return
0 on success or a negative error code on failure.
- 
int mipi_dsi_dcs_exit_sleep_mode(struct mipi_dsi_device * dsi)¶
- enable all blocks inside the display module 
Parameters
- struct mipi_dsi_device * dsi
- DSI peripheral device
Return
0 on success or a negative error code on failure.
- 
int mipi_dsi_dcs_set_display_off(struct mipi_dsi_device * dsi)¶
- stop displaying the image data on the display device 
Parameters
- struct mipi_dsi_device * dsi
- DSI peripheral device
Return
0 on success or a negative error code on failure.
- 
int mipi_dsi_dcs_set_display_on(struct mipi_dsi_device * dsi)¶
- start displaying the image data on the display device 
Parameters
- struct mipi_dsi_device * dsi
- DSI peripheral device
Return
0 on success or a negative error code on failure
- 
int mipi_dsi_dcs_set_column_address(struct mipi_dsi_device * dsi, u16 start, u16 end)¶
- define the column extent of the frame memory accessed by the host processor 
Parameters
- struct mipi_dsi_device * dsi
- DSI peripheral device
- u16 start
- first column of frame memory
- u16 end
- last column of frame memory
Return
0 on success or a negative error code on failure.
- 
int mipi_dsi_dcs_set_page_address(struct mipi_dsi_device * dsi, u16 start, u16 end)¶
- define the page extent of the frame memory accessed by the host processor 
Parameters
- struct mipi_dsi_device * dsi
- DSI peripheral device
- u16 start
- first page of frame memory
- u16 end
- last page of frame memory
Return
0 on success or a negative error code on failure.
- 
int mipi_dsi_dcs_set_tear_off(struct mipi_dsi_device * dsi)¶
- turn off the display module’s Tearing Effect output signal on the TE signal line 
Parameters
- struct mipi_dsi_device * dsi
- DSI peripheral device
Return
0 on success or a negative error code on failure
- 
int mipi_dsi_dcs_set_tear_on(struct mipi_dsi_device * dsi, enum mipi_dsi_dcs_tear_mode mode)¶
- turn on the display module’s Tearing Effect output signal on the TE signal line. 
Parameters
- struct mipi_dsi_device * dsi
- DSI peripheral device
- enum mipi_dsi_dcs_tear_mode mode
- the Tearing Effect Output Line mode
Return
0 on success or a negative error code on failure
- 
int mipi_dsi_dcs_set_pixel_format(struct mipi_dsi_device * dsi, u8 format)¶
- sets the pixel format for the RGB image data used by the interface 
Parameters
- struct mipi_dsi_device * dsi
- DSI peripheral device
- u8 format
- pixel format
Return
0 on success or a negative error code on failure.
- 
int mipi_dsi_dcs_set_tear_scanline(struct mipi_dsi_device * dsi, u16 scanline)¶
- set the scanline to use as trigger for the Tearing Effect output signal of the display module 
Parameters
- struct mipi_dsi_device * dsi
- DSI peripheral device
- u16 scanline
- scanline to use as trigger
Return
0 on success or a negative error code on failure
- 
int mipi_dsi_dcs_set_display_brightness(struct mipi_dsi_device * dsi, u16 brightness)¶
- sets the brightness value of the display 
Parameters
- struct mipi_dsi_device * dsi
- DSI peripheral device
- u16 brightness
- brightness value
Return
0 on success or a negative error code on failure.
- 
int mipi_dsi_dcs_get_display_brightness(struct mipi_dsi_device * dsi, u16 * brightness)¶
- gets the current brightness value of the display 
Parameters
- struct mipi_dsi_device * dsi
- DSI peripheral device
- u16 * brightness
- brightness value
Return
0 on success or a negative error code on failure.
- 
int mipi_dsi_driver_register_full(struct mipi_dsi_driver * drv, struct module * owner)¶
- register a driver for DSI devices 
Parameters
- struct mipi_dsi_driver * drv
- DSI driver structure
- struct module * owner
- owner module
Return
0 on success or a negative error code on failure.
- 
void mipi_dsi_driver_unregister(struct mipi_dsi_driver * drv)¶
- unregister a driver for DSI devices 
Parameters
- struct mipi_dsi_driver * drv
- DSI driver structure
Return
0 on success or a negative error code on failure.
Display Stream Compression Helper Functions Reference¶
VESA specification for DP 1.4 adds a new feature called Display Stream Compression (DSC) used to compress the pixel bits before sending it on DP/eDP/MIPI DSI interface. DSC is required to be enabled so that the existing display interfaces can support high resolutions at higher frames rates uisng the maximum available link capacity of these interfaces.
These functions contain some common logic and helpers to deal with VESA Display Stream Compression standard required for DSC on Display Port/eDP or MIPI display interfaces.
- 
struct drm_dsc_rc_range_parameters¶
- DSC Rate Control range parameters 
Definition
struct drm_dsc_rc_range_parameters {
  u8 range_min_qp;
  u8 range_max_qp;
  u8 range_bpg_offset;
};
Members
- range_min_qp
- Min Quantization Parameters allowed for this range
- range_max_qp
- Max Quantization Parameters allowed for this range
- range_bpg_offset
- Bits/group offset to apply to target for this group
Description
This defines different rate control parameters used by the DSC engine to compress the frame.
- 
struct drm_dsc_config¶
- Parameters required to configure DSC 
Definition
struct drm_dsc_config {
  u8 line_buf_depth;
  u8 bits_per_component;
  bool convert_rgb;
  u8 slice_count;
  u16 slice_width;
  u16 slice_height;
  bool simple_422;
  u16 pic_width;
  u16 pic_height;
  u8 rc_tgt_offset_high;
  u8 rc_tgt_offset_low;
  u16 bits_per_pixel;
  u8 rc_edge_factor;
  u8 rc_quant_incr_limit1;
  u8 rc_quant_incr_limit0;
  u16 initial_xmit_delay;
  u16 initial_dec_delay;
  bool block_pred_enable;
  u8 first_line_bpg_offset;
  u16 initial_offset;
  u16 rc_buf_thresh[DSC_NUM_BUF_RANGES - 1];
  struct drm_dsc_rc_range_parameters rc_range_params[DSC_NUM_BUF_RANGES];
  u16 rc_model_size;
  u8 flatness_min_qp;
  u8 flatness_max_qp;
  u8 initial_scale_value;
  u16 scale_decrement_interval;
  u16 scale_increment_interval;
  u16 nfl_bpg_offset;
  u16 slice_bpg_offset;
  u16 final_offset;
  bool vbr_enable;
  u8 mux_word_size;
  u16 slice_chunk_size;
  u16 rc_bits;
  u8 dsc_version_minor;
  u8 dsc_version_major;
  bool native_422;
  bool native_420;
  u8 second_line_bpg_offset;
  u16 nsl_bpg_offset;
  u16 second_line_offset_adj;
};
Members
- line_buf_depth
- Bits per component for previous reconstructed line buffer
- bits_per_component
- Bits per component to code (8/10/12)
- convert_rgb
- Flag to indicate if RGB - YCoCg conversion is needed True if RGB input, False if YCoCg input
- slice_count
- Number fo slices per line used by the DSC encoder
- slice_width
- Width of each slice in pixels
- slice_height
- Slice height in pixels
- simple_422
- True if simple 4_2_2 mode is enabled else False
- pic_width
- Width of the input display frame in pixels
- pic_height
- Vertical height of the input display frame
- rc_tgt_offset_high
- Offset to bits/group used by RC to determine QP adjustment
- rc_tgt_offset_low
- Offset to bits/group used by RC to determine QP adjustment
- bits_per_pixel
- Target bits per pixel with 4 fractional bits, bits_per_pixel << 4
- rc_edge_factor
- Factor to determine if an edge is present based on the bits produced
- rc_quant_incr_limit1
- Slow down incrementing once the range reaches this value
- rc_quant_incr_limit0
- Slow down incrementing once the range reaches this value
- initial_xmit_delay
- Number of pixels to delay the initial transmission
- initial_dec_delay
- Initial decoder delay, number of pixel times that the decoder accumulates data in its rate buffer before starting to decode and output pixels.
- block_pred_enable
- True if block prediction is used to code any groups within the picture. False if BP not used
- first_line_bpg_offset
- Number of additional bits allocated for each group on the first line of slice.
- initial_offset
- Value to use for RC model offset at slice start
- rc_buf_thresh
- Thresholds defining each of the buffer ranges
- rc_range_params
- Parameters for each of the RC ranges defined in
struct drm_dsc_rc_range_parameters
- rc_model_size
- Total size of RC model
- flatness_min_qp
- Minimum QP where flatness information is sent
- flatness_max_qp
- Maximum QP where flatness information is sent
- initial_scale_value
- Initial value for the scale factor
- scale_decrement_interval
- Specifies number of group times between decrementing the scale factor at beginning of a slice.
- scale_increment_interval
- Number of group times between incrementing the scale factor value used at the beginning of a slice.
- nfl_bpg_offset
- Non first line BPG offset to be used
- slice_bpg_offset
- BPG offset used to enforce slice bit
- final_offset
- Final RC linear transformation offset value
- vbr_enable
- True if VBR mode is enabled, false if disabled
- mux_word_size
- Mux word size (in bits) for SSM mode
- slice_chunk_size
- The (max) size in bytes of the “chunks” that are used in slice multiplexing.
- rc_bits
- Rate control buffer size in bits
- dsc_version_minor
- DSC minor version
- dsc_version_major
- DSC major version
- native_422
- True if Native 4:2:2 supported, else false
- native_420
- True if Native 4:2:0 supported else false.
- second_line_bpg_offset
- Additional bits/grp for seconnd line of slice for native 4:2:0
- nsl_bpg_offset
- Num of bits deallocated for each grp that is not in second line of slice
- second_line_offset_adj
- Offset adjustment for second line in Native 4:2:0 mode
Description
Driver populates this structure with all the parameters required to configure the display stream compression on the source.
- 
struct drm_dsc_picture_parameter_set¶
- Represents 128 bytes of Picture Parameter Set 
Definition
struct drm_dsc_picture_parameter_set {
  u8 dsc_version;
  u8 pps_identifier;
  u8 pps_reserved;
  u8 pps_3;
  u8 pps_4;
  u8 bits_per_pixel_low;
  __be16 pic_height;
  __be16 pic_width;
  __be16 slice_height;
  __be16 slice_width;
  __be16 chunk_size;
  u8 initial_xmit_delay_high;
  u8 initial_xmit_delay_low;
  __be16 initial_dec_delay;
  u8 pps20_reserved;
  u8 initial_scale_value;
  __be16 scale_increment_interval;
  u8 scale_decrement_interval_high;
  u8 scale_decrement_interval_low;
  u8 pps26_reserved;
  u8 first_line_bpg_offset;
  __be16 nfl_bpg_offset;
  __be16 slice_bpg_offset;
  __be16 initial_offset;
  __be16 final_offset;
  u8 flatness_min_qp;
  u8 flatness_max_qp;
  __be16 rc_model_size;
  u8 rc_edge_factor;
  u8 rc_quant_incr_limit0;
  u8 rc_quant_incr_limit1;
  u8 rc_tgt_offset;
  u8 rc_buf_thresh[DSC_NUM_BUF_RANGES - 1];
  __be16 rc_range_parameters[DSC_NUM_BUF_RANGES];
  u8 native_422_420;
  u8 second_line_bpg_offset;
  __be16 nsl_bpg_offset;
  __be16 second_line_offset_adj;
  u32 pps_long_94_reserved;
  u32 pps_long_98_reserved;
  u32 pps_long_102_reserved;
  u32 pps_long_106_reserved;
  u32 pps_long_110_reserved;
  u32 pps_long_114_reserved;
  u32 pps_long_118_reserved;
  u32 pps_long_122_reserved;
  __be16 pps_short_126_reserved;
};
Members
- dsc_version
- PPS0[3:0] - dsc_version_minor: Contains Minor version of DSC PPS0[7:4] - dsc_version_major: Contains major version of DSC
- pps_identifier
- PPS1[7:0] - Application specific identifier that can be used to differentiate between different PPS tables.
- pps_reserved
- PPS2[7:0]- RESERVED Byte
- pps_3
- PPS3[3:0] - linebuf_depth: Contains linebuffer bit depth used to generate the bitstream. (0x0 - 16 bits for DSC 1.2, 0x8 - 8 bits, 0xA - 10 bits, 0xB - 11 bits, 0xC - 12 bits, 0xD - 13 bits, 0xE - 14 bits for DSC1.2, 0xF - 14 bits for DSC 1.2. PPS3[7:4] - bits_per_component: Bits per component for the original pixels of the encoded picture. 0x0 = 16bpc (allowed only when dsc_version_minor = 0x2) 0x8 = 8bpc, 0xA = 10bpc, 0xC = 12bpc, 0xE = 14bpc (also allowed only when dsc_minor_version = 0x2)
- pps_4
- PPS4[1:0] -These are the most significant 2 bits of compressed BPP bits_per_pixel[9:0] syntax element. PPS4[2] - vbr_enable: 0 = VBR disabled, 1 = VBR enabled PPS4[3] - simple_422: Indicates if decoder drops samples to reconstruct the 4:2:2 picture. PPS4[4] - Convert_rgb: Indicates if DSC color space conversion is active. PPS4[5] - blobk_pred_enable: Indicates if BP is used to code any groups in picture PPS4[7:6] - Reseved bits
- bits_per_pixel_low
- PPS5[7:0] - This indicates the lower significant 8 bits of the compressed BPP bits_per_pixel[9:0] element.
- pic_height
- PPS6[7:0], PPS7[7:0] -pic_height: Specifies the number of pixel rows within the raster.
- pic_width
- PPS8[7:0], PPS9[7:0] - pic_width: Number of pixel columns within the raster.
- slice_height
- PPS10[7:0], PPS11[7:0] - Slice height in units of pixels.
- slice_width
- PPS12[7:0], PPS13[7:0] - Slice width in terms of pixels.
- chunk_size
- PPS14[7:0], PPS15[7:0] - Size in units of bytes of the chunks that are used for slice multiplexing.
- initial_xmit_delay_high
- PPS16[1:0] - Most Significant two bits of initial transmission delay. It specifies the number of pixel times that the encoder waits before transmitting data from its rate buffer. PPS16[7:2] - Reserved
- initial_xmit_delay_low
- PPS17[7:0] - Least significant 8 bits of initial transmission delay.
- initial_dec_delay
- PPS18[7:0], PPS19[7:0] - Initial decoding delay which is the number of pixel times that the decoder accumulates data in its rate buffer before starting to decode and output pixels.
- pps20_reserved
- PPS20[7:0] - Reserved
- initial_scale_value
- PPS21[5:0] - Initial rcXformScale factor used at beginning of a slice. PPS21[7:6] - Reserved
- scale_increment_interval
- PPS22[7:0], PPS23[7:0] - Number of group times between incrementing the rcXformScale factor at end of a slice.
- scale_decrement_interval_high
- PPS24[3:0] - Higher 4 bits indicating number of group times between decrementing the rcXformScale factor at beginning of a slice. PPS24[7:4] - Reserved
- scale_decrement_interval_low
- PPS25[7:0] - Lower 8 bits of scale decrement interval
- pps26_reserved
- PPS26[7:0]
- first_line_bpg_offset
- PPS27[4:0] - Number of additional bits that are allocated for each group on first line of a slice. PPS27[7:5] - Reserved
- nfl_bpg_offset
- PPS28[7:0], PPS29[7:0] - Number of bits including frac bits deallocated for each group for groups after the first line of slice.
- slice_bpg_offset
- PPS30, PPS31[7:0] - Number of bits that are deallocated for each group to enforce the slice constraint.
- initial_offset
- PPS32,33[7:0] - Initial value for rcXformOffset
- final_offset
- PPS34,35[7:0] - Maximum end-of-slice value for rcXformOffset
- flatness_min_qp
- PPS36[4:0] - Minimum QP at which flatness is signaled and flatness QP adjustment is made. PPS36[7:5] - Reserved
- flatness_max_qp
- PPS37[4:0] - Max QP at which flatness is signalled and the flatness adjustment is made. PPS37[7:5] - Reserved
- rc_model_size
- PPS38,39[7:0] - Number of bits within RC Model.
- rc_edge_factor
- PPS40[3:0] - Ratio of current activity vs, previous activity to determine presence of edge. PPS40[7:4] - Reserved
- rc_quant_incr_limit0
- PPS41[4:0] - QP threshold used in short term RC PPS41[7:5] - Reserved
- rc_quant_incr_limit1
- PPS42[4:0] - QP threshold used in short term RC PPS42[7:5] - Reserved
- rc_tgt_offset
- PPS43[3:0] - Lower end of the variability range around the target bits per group that is allowed by short term RC. PPS43[7:4]- Upper end of the variability range around the target bits per group that i allowed by short term rc.
- rc_buf_thresh
- PPS44[7:0] - PPS57[7:0] - Specifies the thresholds in RC model for the 15 ranges defined by 14 thresholds.
- rc_range_parameters
- PPS58[7:0] - PPS87[7:0] Parameters that correspond to each of the 15 ranges.
- native_422_420
- PPS88[0] - 0 = Native 4:2:2 not used 1 = Native 4:2:2 used PPS88[1] - 0 = Native 4:2:0 not use 1 = Native 4:2:0 used PPS88[7:2] - Reserved 6 bits
- second_line_bpg_offset
- PPS89[4:0] - Additional bits/group budget for the second line of a slice in Native 4:2:0 mode. Set to 0 if DSC minor version is 1 or native420 is 0. PPS89[7:5] - Reserved
- nsl_bpg_offset
- PPS90[7:0], PPS91[7:0] - Number of bits that are deallocated for each group that is not in the second line of a slice.
- second_line_offset_adj
- PPS92[7:0], PPS93[7:0] - Used as offset adjustment for the second line in Native 4:2:0 mode.
- pps_long_94_reserved
- PPS 94, 95, 96, 97 - Reserved
- pps_long_98_reserved
- PPS 98, 99, 100, 101 - Reserved
- pps_long_102_reserved
- PPS 102, 103, 104, 105 - Reserved
- pps_long_106_reserved
- PPS 106, 107, 108, 109 - reserved
- pps_long_110_reserved
- PPS 110, 111, 112, 113 - reserved
- pps_long_114_reserved
- PPS 114 - 117 - reserved
- pps_long_118_reserved
- PPS 118 - 121 - reserved
- pps_long_122_reserved
- PPS 122- 125 - reserved
- pps_short_126_reserved
- PPS 126, 127 - reserved
Description
The VESA DSC standard defines picture parameter set (PPS) which display stream compression encoders must communicate to decoders. The PPS is encapsulated in 128 bytes (PPS 0 through PPS 127). The fields in this structure are as per Table 4.1 in Vesa DSC specification v1.1/v1.2. The PPS fields that span over more than a byte should be stored in Big Endian format.
- 
struct drm_dsc_pps_infoframe¶
- DSC infoframe carrying the Picture Parameter Set Metadata 
Definition
struct drm_dsc_pps_infoframe {
  struct dp_sdp_header pps_header;
  struct drm_dsc_picture_parameter_set pps_payload;
};
Members
- pps_header
- Header for PPS as per DP SDP header format of type
struct dp_sdp_header
- pps_payload
- PPS payload fields as per DSC specification Table 4-1
as represented in struct drm_dsc_picture_parameter_set
Description
This structure represents the DSC PPS infoframe required to send the Picture
Parameter Set metadata required before enabling VESA Display Stream
Compression. This is based on the DP Secondary Data Packet structure and
comprises of SDP Header as defined struct struct dp_sdp_header in drm_dp_helper.h
and PPS payload defined in struct drm_dsc_picture_parameter_set.
- 
void drm_dsc_dp_pps_header_init(struct dp_sdp_header * pps_header)¶
- Initializes the PPS Header for DisplayPort as per the DP 1.4 spec. 
Parameters
- struct dp_sdp_header * pps_header
- Secondary data packet header for DSC Picture
Parameter Set as defined in struct dp_sdp_header
Description
DP 1.4 spec defines the secondary data packet for sending the
picture parameter infoframes from the source to the sink.
This function populates the SDP header defined in
struct dp_sdp_header.
- 
void drm_dsc_pps_payload_pack(struct drm_dsc_picture_parameter_set * pps_payload, const struct drm_dsc_config * dsc_cfg)¶
- Populates the DSC PPS 
Parameters
- struct drm_dsc_picture_parameter_set * pps_payload
- Bitwise struct for DSC Picture Parameter Set. This is defined
by struct drm_dsc_picture_parameter_set
- const struct drm_dsc_config * dsc_cfg
- DSC Configuration data filled by driver as defined by
struct drm_dsc_config
Description
DSC source device sends a picture parameter set (PPS) containing the information required by the sink to decode the compressed frame. Driver populates the DSC PPS struct using the DSC configuration parameters in the order expected by the DSC Display Sink device. For the DSC, the sink device expects the PPS payload in big endian format for fields that span more than 1 byte.
- 
int drm_dsc_compute_rc_parameters(struct drm_dsc_config * vdsc_cfg)¶
- Write rate control parameters to the dsc configuration defined in - struct drm_dsc_configin accordance with the DSC 1.2 specification. Some configuration fields must be present beforehand.
Parameters
- struct drm_dsc_config * vdsc_cfg
- DSC Configuration data partially filled by driver
Output Probing Helper Functions Reference¶
This library provides some helper code for output probing. It provides an
implementation of the core drm_connector_funcs.fill_modes interface with
drm_helper_probe_single_connector_modes().
It also provides support for polling connectors with a work item and for generic hotplug interrupt handling where the driver doesn’t or cannot keep track of a per-connector hpd interrupt.
This helper library can be used independently of the modeset helper library. Drivers can also overwrite different parts e.g. use their own hotplug handling code to avoid probing unrelated outputs.
The probe helpers share the function table structures with other display
helper libraries. See struct drm_connector_helper_funcs for the details.
- 
void drm_kms_helper_poll_enable(struct drm_device * dev)¶
- re-enable output polling. 
Parameters
- struct drm_device * dev
- drm_device
Description
This function re-enables the output polling work, after it has been
temporarily disabled using drm_kms_helper_poll_disable(), for example over
suspend/resume.
Drivers can call this helper from their device resume implementation. It is not an error to call this even when output polling isn’t enabled.
Note that calls to enable and disable polling must be strictly ordered, which is automatically the case when they’re only call from suspend/resume callbacks.
- 
int drm_helper_probe_detect(struct drm_connector * connector, struct drm_modeset_acquire_ctx * ctx, bool force)¶
- probe connector status 
Parameters
- struct drm_connector * connector
- connector to probe
- struct drm_modeset_acquire_ctx * ctx
- acquire_ctx, or NULL to let this function handle locking.
- bool force
- Whether destructive probe operations should be performed.
Description
This function calls the detect callbacks of the connector.
This function returns drm_connector_status, or
if ctx is set, it might also return -EDEADLK.
- 
int drm_helper_probe_single_connector_modes(struct drm_connector * connector, uint32_t maxX, uint32_t maxY)¶
- get complete set of display modes 
Parameters
- struct drm_connector * connector
- connector to probe
- uint32_t maxX
- max width for modes
- uint32_t maxY
- max height for modes
Description
Based on the helper callbacks implemented by connector in struct
drm_connector_helper_funcs try to detect all valid modes.  Modes will first
be added to the connector’s probed_modes list, then culled (based on validity
and the maxX, maxY parameters) and put into the normal modes list.
Intended to be used as a generic implementation of the
drm_connector_funcs.fill_modes() vfunc for drivers that use the CRTC helpers
for output mode filtering and detection.
The basic procedure is as follows
- All modes currently on the connector’s modes list are marked as stale 
- New modes are added to the connector’s probed_modes list with - drm_mode_probed_add(). New modes start their life with status as OK. Modes are added from a single source using the following priority order.- drm_connector_helper_funcs.get_modesvfunc
- if the connector status is connector_status_connected, standard
VESA DMT modes up to 1024x768 are automatically added
(drm_add_modes_noedid())
 - Finally modes specified via the kernel command line (video=…) are added in addition to what the earlier probes produced (drm_helper_probe_add_cmdline_mode()). These modes are generated using the VESA GTF/CVT formulas. 
- Modes are moved from the probed_modes list to the modes list. Potential duplicates are merged together (see - drm_connector_list_update()). After this step the probed_modes list will be empty again.
- Any non-stale mode on the modes list then undergoes validation - drm_mode_validate_basic() performs basic sanity checks
- drm_mode_validate_size()filters out modes larger than maxX and maxY (if specified)
- drm_mode_validate_flag() checks the modes against basic connector capabilities (interlace_allowed,doublescan_allowed,stereo_allowed)
- the optional drm_connector_helper_funcs.mode_validhelper can perform driver and/or sink specific checks
- the optional drm_crtc_helper_funcs.mode_valid,drm_bridge_funcs.mode_validanddrm_encoder_helper_funcs.mode_validhelpers can perform driver and/or source specific checks which are also enforced by the modeset/atomic helpers
 
- Any mode whose status is not OK is pruned from the connector’s modes list, accompanied by a debug message indicating the reason for the mode’s rejection (see - drm_mode_prune_invalid()).
Return
The number of modes found on connector.
- 
void drm_kms_helper_hotplug_event(struct drm_device * dev)¶
- fire off KMS hotplug events 
Parameters
- struct drm_device * dev
- drm_device whose connector state changed
Description
This function fires off the uevent for userspace and also calls the output_poll_changed function, which is most commonly used to inform the fbdev emulation code and allow it to update the fbcon output configuration.
Drivers should call this from their hotplug handling code when a change is
detected. Note that this function does not do any output detection of its
own, like drm_helper_hpd_irq_event() does - this is assumed to be done by the
driver already.
This function must be called from process context with no mode setting locks held.
- 
bool drm_kms_helper_is_poll_worker(void)¶
- is - currenttask an output poll worker?
Parameters
- void
- no arguments
Description
Determine if current task is an output poll worker.  This can be used
to select distinct code paths for output polling versus other contexts.
One use case is to avoid a deadlock between the output poll worker and
the autosuspend worker wherein the latter waits for polling to finish
upon calling drm_kms_helper_poll_disable(), while the former waits for
runtime suspend to finish upon calling pm_runtime_get_sync() in a
connector ->detect hook.
- 
void drm_kms_helper_poll_disable(struct drm_device * dev)¶
- disable output polling 
Parameters
- struct drm_device * dev
- drm_device
Description
This function disables the output polling work.
Drivers can call this helper from their device suspend implementation. It is
not an error to call this even when output polling isn’t enabled or already
disabled. Polling is re-enabled by calling drm_kms_helper_poll_enable().
Note that calls to enable and disable polling must be strictly ordered, which is automatically the case when they’re only call from suspend/resume callbacks.
- 
void drm_kms_helper_poll_init(struct drm_device * dev)¶
- initialize and enable output polling 
Parameters
- struct drm_device * dev
- drm_device
Description
This function intializes and then also enables output polling support for dev. Drivers which do not have reliable hotplug support in hardware can use this helper infrastructure to regularly poll such connectors for changes in their connection state.
Drivers can control which connectors are polled by setting the DRM_CONNECTOR_POLL_CONNECT and DRM_CONNECTOR_POLL_DISCONNECT flags. On connectors where probing live outputs can result in visual distortion drivers should not set the DRM_CONNECTOR_POLL_DISCONNECT flag to avoid this. Connectors which have no flag or only DRM_CONNECTOR_POLL_HPD set are completely ignored by the polling logic.
Note that a connector can be both polled and probed from the hotplug handler, in case the hotplug interrupt is known to be unreliable.
- 
void drm_kms_helper_poll_fini(struct drm_device * dev)¶
- disable output polling and clean it up 
Parameters
- struct drm_device * dev
- drm_device
- 
bool drm_helper_hpd_irq_event(struct drm_device * dev)¶
- hotplug processing 
Parameters
- struct drm_device * dev
- drm_device
Description
Drivers can use this helper function to run a detect cycle on all connectors
which have the DRM_CONNECTOR_POLL_HPD flag set in their polled member. All
other connectors are ignored, which is useful to avoid reprobing fixed
panels.
This helper function is useful for drivers which can’t or don’t track hotplug interrupts for each connector.
Drivers which support hotplug interrupts for each connector individually and
which have a more fine-grained detect logic should bypass this code and
directly call drm_kms_helper_hotplug_event() in case the connector state
changed.
This function must be called from process context with no mode setting locks held.
Note that a connector can be both polled and probed from the hotplug handler, in case the hotplug interrupt is known to be unreliable.
EDID Helper Functions Reference¶
- 
int drm_eld_mnl(const uint8_t * eld)¶
- Get ELD monitor name length in bytes. 
Parameters
- const uint8_t * eld
- pointer to an eld memory structure with mnl set
- 
const uint8_t * drm_eld_sad(const uint8_t * eld)¶
- Get ELD SAD structures. 
Parameters
- const uint8_t * eld
- pointer to an eld memory structure with sad_count set
- 
int drm_eld_sad_count(const uint8_t * eld)¶
- Get ELD SAD count. 
Parameters
- const uint8_t * eld
- pointer to an eld memory structure with sad_count set
- 
int drm_eld_calc_baseline_block_size(const uint8_t * eld)¶
- Calculate baseline block size in bytes 
Parameters
- const uint8_t * eld
- pointer to an eld memory structure with mnl and sad_count set
Description
This is a helper for determining the payload size of the baseline block, in bytes, for e.g. setting the Baseline_ELD_Len field in the ELD header block.
- 
int drm_eld_size(const uint8_t * eld)¶
- Get ELD size in bytes 
Parameters
- const uint8_t * eld
- pointer to a complete eld memory structure
Description
The returned value does not include the vendor block. It’s vendor specific,
and comprises of the remaining bytes in the ELD memory buffer after
drm_eld_size() bytes of header and baseline block.
The returned value is guaranteed to be a multiple of 4.
- 
u8 drm_eld_get_spk_alloc(const uint8_t * eld)¶
- Get speaker allocation 
Parameters
- const uint8_t * eld
- pointer to an ELD memory structure
Description
The returned value is the speakers mask. User has to use DRM_ELD_SPEAKER
field definitions to identify speakers.
- 
u8 drm_eld_get_conn_type(const uint8_t * eld)¶
- Get device type hdmi/dp connected 
Parameters
- const uint8_t * eld
- pointer to an ELD memory structure
Description
The caller need to use DRM_ELD_CONN_TYPE_HDMI or DRM_ELD_CONN_TYPE_DP to
identify the display type connected.
- 
int drm_edid_header_is_valid(const u8 * raw_edid)¶
- sanity check the header of the base EDID block 
Parameters
- const u8 * raw_edid
- pointer to raw base EDID block
Description
Sanity check the header of the base EDID block.
Return
8 if the header is perfect, down to 0 if it’s totally wrong.
- 
bool drm_edid_block_valid(u8 * raw_edid, int block, bool print_bad_edid, bool * edid_corrupt)¶
- Sanity check the EDID block (base or extension) 
Parameters
- u8 * raw_edid
- pointer to raw EDID block
- int block
- type of block to validate (0 for base, extension otherwise)
- bool print_bad_edid
- if true, dump bad EDID blocks to the console
- bool * edid_corrupt
- if true, the header or checksum is invalid
Description
Validate a base or extension EDID block and optionally dump bad blocks to the console.
Return
True if the block is valid, false otherwise.
- 
bool drm_edid_is_valid(struct edid * edid)¶
- sanity check EDID data 
Parameters
- struct edid * edid
- EDID data
Description
Sanity-check an entire EDID record (including extensions)
Return
True if the EDID data is valid, false otherwise.
- 
int drm_add_override_edid_modes(struct drm_connector * connector)¶
- add modes from override/firmware EDID 
Parameters
- struct drm_connector * connector
- connector we’re probing
Description
Add modes from the override/firmware EDID, if available. Only to be used from
drm_helper_probe_single_connector_modes() as a fallback for when DDC probe
failed during drm_get_edid() and caused the override/firmware EDID to be
skipped.
Return
The number of modes added or 0 if we couldn’t find any.
- 
struct edid * drm_do_get_edid(struct drm_connector * connector, int (*get_edid_block) (void *data, u8 *buf, unsigned int block, size_t len, void * data)¶
- get EDID data using a custom EDID block read function 
Parameters
- struct drm_connector * connector
- connector we’re probing
- int (*)(void *data, u8 *buf, unsigned int block, size_t len) get_edid_block
- EDID block read function
- void * data
- private data passed to the block read function
Description
When the I2C adapter connected to the DDC bus is hidden behind a device that exposes a different interface to read EDID blocks this function can be used to get EDID data using a custom block read function.
As in the general case the DDC bus is accessible by the kernel at the I2C
level, drivers must make all reasonable efforts to expose it as an I2C
adapter and use drm_get_edid() instead of abusing this function.
The EDID may be overridden using debugfs override_edid or firmare EDID (drm_load_edid_firmware() and drm.edid_firmware parameter), in this priority order. Having either of them bypasses actual EDID reads.
Return
Pointer to valid EDID or NULL if we couldn’t find any.
- 
bool drm_probe_ddc(struct i2c_adapter * adapter)¶
- probe DDC presence 
Parameters
- struct i2c_adapter * adapter
- I2C adapter to probe
Return
True on success, false on failure.
- 
struct edid * drm_get_edid(struct drm_connector * connector, struct i2c_adapter * adapter)¶
- get EDID data, if available 
Parameters
- struct drm_connector * connector
- connector we’re probing
- struct i2c_adapter * adapter
- I2C adapter to use for DDC
Description
Poke the given I2C channel to grab EDID data if possible. If found, attach it to the connector.
Return
Pointer to valid EDID or NULL if we couldn’t find any.
- 
struct edid * drm_get_edid_switcheroo(struct drm_connector * connector, struct i2c_adapter * adapter)¶
- get EDID data for a vga_switcheroo output 
Parameters
- struct drm_connector * connector
- connector we’re probing
- struct i2c_adapter * adapter
- I2C adapter to use for DDC
Description
Wrapper around drm_get_edid() for laptops with dual GPUs using one set of
outputs. The wrapper adds the requisite vga_switcheroo calls to temporarily
switch DDC to the GPU which is retrieving EDID.
Return
Pointer to valid EDID or NULL if we couldn’t find any.
- 
struct edid * drm_edid_duplicate(const struct edid * edid)¶
- duplicate an EDID and the extensions 
Parameters
- const struct edid * edid
- EDID to duplicate
Return
Pointer to duplicated EDID or NULL on allocation failure.
- 
u8 drm_match_cea_mode(const struct drm_display_mode * to_match)¶
- look for a CEA mode matching given mode 
Parameters
- const struct drm_display_mode * to_match
- display mode
Return
The CEA Video ID (VIC) of the mode or 0 if it isn’t a CEA-861 mode.
- 
void drm_edid_get_monitor_name(struct edid * edid, char * name, int bufsize)¶
- fetch the monitor name from the edid 
Parameters
- struct edid * edid
- monitor EDID information
- char * name
- pointer to a character array to hold the name of the monitor
- int bufsize
- The size of the name buffer (should be at least 14 chars.)
- 
int drm_edid_to_sad(struct edid * edid, struct cea_sad ** sads)¶
- extracts SADs from EDID 
Parameters
- struct edid * edid
- EDID to parse
- struct cea_sad ** sads
- pointer that will be set to the extracted SADs
Description
Looks for CEA EDID block and extracts SADs (Short Audio Descriptors) from it.
Note
The returned pointer needs to be freed using kfree().
Return
The number of found SADs or negative number on error.
- 
int drm_edid_to_speaker_allocation(struct edid * edid, u8 ** sadb)¶
- extracts Speaker Allocation Data Blocks from EDID 
Parameters
- struct edid * edid
- EDID to parse
- u8 ** sadb
- pointer to the speaker block
Description
Looks for CEA EDID block and extracts the Speaker Allocation Data Block from it.
Note
The returned pointer needs to be freed using kfree().
Return
The number of found Speaker Allocation Blocks or negative number on error.
- 
int drm_av_sync_delay(struct drm_connector * connector, const struct drm_display_mode * mode)¶
- compute the HDMI/DP sink audio-video sync delay 
Parameters
- struct drm_connector * connector
- connector associated with the HDMI/DP sink
- const struct drm_display_mode * mode
- the display mode
Return
The HDMI/DP sink’s audio-video sync delay in milliseconds or 0 if the sink doesn’t support audio or video.
- 
bool drm_detect_hdmi_monitor(struct edid * edid)¶
- detect whether monitor is HDMI 
Parameters
- struct edid * edid
- monitor EDID information
Description
Parse the CEA extension according to CEA-861-B.
Return
True if the monitor is HDMI, false if not or unknown.
- 
bool drm_detect_monitor_audio(struct edid * edid)¶
- check monitor audio capability 
Parameters
- struct edid * edid
- EDID block to scan
Description
Monitor should have CEA extension block. If monitor has ‘basic audio’, but no CEA audio blocks, it’s ‘basic audio’ only. If there is any audio extension block and supported audio format, assume at least ‘basic audio’ support, even if ‘basic audio’ is not defined in EDID.
Return
True if the monitor supports audio, false otherwise.
- 
enum hdmi_quantization_range drm_default_rgb_quant_range(const struct drm_display_mode * mode)¶
- default RGB quantization range 
Parameters
- const struct drm_display_mode * mode
- display mode
Description
Determine the default RGB quantization range for the mode, as specified in CEA-861.
Return
The default RGB quantization range for the mode
- 
int drm_add_edid_modes(struct drm_connector * connector, struct edid * edid)¶
- add modes from EDID data, if available 
Parameters
- struct drm_connector * connector
- connector we’re probing
- struct edid * edid
- EDID data
Description
Add the specified modes to the connector’s mode list. Also fills out the
drm_display_info structure and ELD in connector with any information which
can be derived from the edid.
Return
The number of modes added or 0 if we couldn’t find any.
- 
int drm_add_modes_noedid(struct drm_connector * connector, int hdisplay, int vdisplay)¶
- add modes for the connectors without EDID 
Parameters
- struct drm_connector * connector
- connector we’re probing
- int hdisplay
- the horizontal display limit
- int vdisplay
- the vertical display limit
Description
Add the specified modes to the connector’s mode list. Only when the hdisplay/vdisplay is not beyond the given limit, it will be added.
Return
The number of modes added or 0 if we couldn’t find any.
- 
void drm_set_preferred_mode(struct drm_connector * connector, int hpref, int vpref)¶
- Sets the preferred mode of a connector 
Parameters
- struct drm_connector * connector
- connector whose mode list should be processed
- int hpref
- horizontal resolution of preferred mode
- int vpref
- vertical resolution of preferred mode
Description
Marks a mode as preferred if it matches the resolution specified by hpref and vpref.
- 
int drm_hdmi_infoframe_set_hdr_metadata(struct hdmi_drm_infoframe * frame, const struct drm_connector_state * conn_state)¶
- fill an HDMI DRM infoframe with HDR metadata from userspace 
Parameters
- struct hdmi_drm_infoframe * frame
- HDMI DRM infoframe
- const struct drm_connector_state * conn_state
- Connector state containing HDR metadata
Return
0 on success or a negative error code on failure.
- 
int drm_hdmi_avi_infoframe_from_display_mode(struct hdmi_avi_infoframe * frame, struct drm_connector * connector, const struct drm_display_mode * mode)¶
- fill an HDMI AVI infoframe with data from a DRM display mode 
Parameters
- struct hdmi_avi_infoframe * frame
- HDMI AVI infoframe
- struct drm_connector * connector
- the connector
- const struct drm_display_mode * mode
- DRM display mode
Return
0 on success or a negative error code on failure.
- 
void drm_hdmi_avi_infoframe_colorspace(struct hdmi_avi_infoframe * frame, const struct drm_connector_state * conn_state)¶
- fill the HDMI AVI infoframe colorspace information 
Parameters
- struct hdmi_avi_infoframe * frame
- HDMI AVI infoframe
- const struct drm_connector_state * conn_state
- connector state
- 
void drm_hdmi_avi_infoframe_quant_range(struct hdmi_avi_infoframe * frame, struct drm_connector * connector, const struct drm_display_mode * mode, enum hdmi_quantization_range rgb_quant_range)¶
- fill the HDMI AVI infoframe quantization range information 
Parameters
- struct hdmi_avi_infoframe * frame
- HDMI AVI infoframe
- struct drm_connector * connector
- the connector
- const struct drm_display_mode * mode
- DRM display mode
- enum hdmi_quantization_range rgb_quant_range
- RGB quantization range (Q)
- 
void drm_hdmi_avi_infoframe_bars(struct hdmi_avi_infoframe * frame, const struct drm_connector_state * conn_state)¶
- fill the HDMI AVI infoframe bar information 
Parameters
- struct hdmi_avi_infoframe * frame
- HDMI AVI infoframe
- const struct drm_connector_state * conn_state
- connector state
- 
int drm_hdmi_vendor_infoframe_from_display_mode(struct hdmi_vendor_infoframe * frame, struct drm_connector * connector, const struct drm_display_mode * mode)¶
- fill an HDMI infoframe with data from a DRM display mode 
Parameters
- struct hdmi_vendor_infoframe * frame
- HDMI vendor infoframe
- struct drm_connector * connector
- the connector
- const struct drm_display_mode * mode
- DRM display mode
Description
Note that there’s is a need to send HDMI vendor infoframes only when using a 4k or stereoscopic 3D mode. So when giving any other mode as input this function will return -EINVAL, error that can be safely ignored.
Return
0 on success or a negative error code on failure.
SCDC Helper Functions Reference¶
Status and Control Data Channel (SCDC) is a mechanism introduced by the HDMI 2.0 specification. It is a point-to-point protocol that allows the HDMI source and HDMI sink to exchange data. The same I2C interface that is used to access EDID serves as the transport mechanism for SCDC.
- 
int drm_scdc_readb(struct i2c_adapter * adapter, u8 offset, u8 * value)¶
- read a single byte from SCDC 
Parameters
- struct i2c_adapter * adapter
- I2C adapter
- u8 offset
- offset of register to read
- u8 * value
- return location for the register value
Description
Reads a single byte from SCDC. This is a convenience wrapper around the
drm_scdc_read() function.
Return
0 on success or a negative error code on failure.
- 
int drm_scdc_writeb(struct i2c_adapter * adapter, u8 offset, u8 value)¶
- write a single byte to SCDC 
Parameters
- struct i2c_adapter * adapter
- I2C adapter
- u8 offset
- offset of register to read
- u8 value
- return location for the register value
Description
Writes a single byte to SCDC. This is a convenience wrapper around the
drm_scdc_write() function.
Return
0 on success or a negative error code on failure.
- 
ssize_t drm_scdc_read(struct i2c_adapter * adapter, u8 offset, void * buffer, size_t size)¶
- read a block of data from SCDC 
Parameters
- struct i2c_adapter * adapter
- I2C controller
- u8 offset
- start offset of block to read
- void * buffer
- return location for the block to read
- size_t size
- size of the block to read
Description
Reads a block of data from SCDC, starting at a given offset.
Return
0 on success, negative error code on failure.
- 
ssize_t drm_scdc_write(struct i2c_adapter * adapter, u8 offset, const void * buffer, size_t size)¶
- write a block of data to SCDC 
Parameters
- struct i2c_adapter * adapter
- I2C controller
- u8 offset
- start offset of block to write
- const void * buffer
- block of data to write
- size_t size
- size of the block to write
Description
Writes a block of data to SCDC, starting at a given offset.
Return
0 on success, negative error code on failure.
- 
bool drm_scdc_get_scrambling_status(struct i2c_adapter * adapter)¶
- what is status of scrambling? 
Parameters
- struct i2c_adapter * adapter
- I2C adapter for DDC channel
Description
Reads the scrambler status over SCDC, and checks the scrambling status.
Return
True if the scrambling is enabled, false otherwise.
- 
bool drm_scdc_set_scrambling(struct i2c_adapter * adapter, bool enable)¶
- enable scrambling 
Parameters
- struct i2c_adapter * adapter
- I2C adapter for DDC channel
- bool enable
- bool to indicate if scrambling is to be enabled/disabled
Description
Writes the TMDS config register over SCDC channel, and: enables scrambling when enable = 1 disables scrambling when enable = 0
Return
True if scrambling is set/reset successfully, false otherwise.
- 
bool drm_scdc_set_high_tmds_clock_ratio(struct i2c_adapter * adapter, bool set)¶
- set TMDS clock ratio 
Parameters
- struct i2c_adapter * adapter
- I2C adapter for DDC channel
- bool set
- ret or reset the high clock ratio
Description
- TMDS clock ratio calculations go like this:
TMDS character = 10 bit TMDS encoded value
TMDS character rate = The rate at which TMDS characters are transmitted (Mcsc)
TMDS bit rate = 10x TMDS character rate
- As per the spec:
TMDS clock rate for pixel clock < 340 MHz = 1x the character rate = 1/10 pixel clock rate
TMDS clock rate for pixel clock > 340 MHz = 0.25x the character rate = 1/40 pixel clock rate
- Writes to the TMDS config register over SCDC channel, and:
sets TMDS clock ratio to 1/40 when set = 1
sets TMDS clock ratio to 1/10 when set = 0
Return
True if write is successful, false otherwise.
HDMI Infoframes Helper Reference¶
Strictly speaking this is not a DRM helper library but generally useable by any driver interfacing with HDMI outputs like v4l or alsa drivers. But it nicely fits into the overall topic of mode setting helper libraries and hence is also included here.
- 
struct hdr_sink_metadata¶
- HDR sink metadata 
Definition
struct hdr_sink_metadata {
  __u32 metadata_type;
  union {
    struct hdr_static_metadata hdmi_type1;
  };
};
Members
- metadata_type
- Static_Metadata_Descriptor_ID.
- {unnamed_union}
- anonymous
- hdmi_type1
- HDR Metadata Infoframe.
Description
Metadata Information read from Sink’s EDID
- 
union hdmi_infoframe¶
- overall union of all abstract infoframe representations 
Definition
union hdmi_infoframe {
  struct hdmi_any_infoframe any;
  struct hdmi_avi_infoframe avi;
  struct hdmi_spd_infoframe spd;
  union hdmi_vendor_any_infoframe vendor;
  struct hdmi_audio_infoframe audio;
  struct hdmi_drm_infoframe drm;
};
Members
- any
- generic infoframe
- avi
- avi infoframe
- spd
- spd infoframe
- vendor
- union of all vendor infoframes
- audio
- audio infoframe
- drm
- Dynamic Range and Mastering infoframe
Description
This is used by the generic pack function. This works since all infoframes have the same header which also indicates which type of infoframe should be packed.
- 
int hdmi_avi_infoframe_init(struct hdmi_avi_infoframe * frame)¶
- initialize an HDMI AVI infoframe 
Parameters
- struct hdmi_avi_infoframe * frame
- HDMI AVI infoframe
Description
Returns 0 on success or a negative error code on failure.
- 
int hdmi_avi_infoframe_check(struct hdmi_avi_infoframe * frame)¶
- check a HDMI AVI infoframe 
Parameters
- struct hdmi_avi_infoframe * frame
- HDMI AVI infoframe
Description
Validates that the infoframe is consistent and updates derived fields (eg. length) based on other fields.
Returns 0 on success or a negative error code on failure.
- 
ssize_t hdmi_avi_infoframe_pack_only(const struct hdmi_avi_infoframe * frame, void * buffer, size_t size)¶
- write HDMI AVI infoframe to binary buffer 
Parameters
- const struct hdmi_avi_infoframe * frame
- HDMI AVI infoframe
- void * buffer
- destination buffer
- size_t size
- size of buffer
Description
Packs the information contained in the frame structure into a binary representation that can be written into the corresponding controller registers. Also computes the checksum as required by section 5.3.5 of the HDMI 1.4 specification.
Returns the number of bytes packed into the binary buffer or a negative error code on failure.
- 
ssize_t hdmi_avi_infoframe_pack(struct hdmi_avi_infoframe * frame, void * buffer, size_t size)¶
- check a HDMI AVI infoframe, and write it to binary buffer 
Parameters
- struct hdmi_avi_infoframe * frame
- HDMI AVI infoframe
- void * buffer
- destination buffer
- size_t size
- size of buffer
Description
Validates that the infoframe is consistent and updates derived fields (eg. length) based on other fields, after which it packs the information contained in the frame structure into a binary representation that can be written into the corresponding controller registers. This function also computes the checksum as required by section 5.3.5 of the HDMI 1.4 specification.
Returns the number of bytes packed into the binary buffer or a negative error code on failure.
- 
int hdmi_spd_infoframe_init(struct hdmi_spd_infoframe * frame, const char * vendor, const char * product)¶
- initialize an HDMI SPD infoframe 
Parameters
- struct hdmi_spd_infoframe * frame
- HDMI SPD infoframe
- const char * vendor
- vendor string
- const char * product
- product string
Description
Returns 0 on success or a negative error code on failure.
- 
int hdmi_spd_infoframe_check(struct hdmi_spd_infoframe * frame)¶
- check a HDMI SPD infoframe 
Parameters
- struct hdmi_spd_infoframe * frame
- HDMI SPD infoframe
Description
Validates that the infoframe is consistent and updates derived fields (eg. length) based on other fields.
Returns 0 on success or a negative error code on failure.
- 
ssize_t hdmi_spd_infoframe_pack_only(const struct hdmi_spd_infoframe * frame, void * buffer, size_t size)¶
- write HDMI SPD infoframe to binary buffer 
Parameters
- const struct hdmi_spd_infoframe * frame
- HDMI SPD infoframe
- void * buffer
- destination buffer
- size_t size
- size of buffer
Description
Packs the information contained in the frame structure into a binary representation that can be written into the corresponding controller registers. Also computes the checksum as required by section 5.3.5 of the HDMI 1.4 specification.
Returns the number of bytes packed into the binary buffer or a negative error code on failure.
- 
ssize_t hdmi_spd_infoframe_pack(struct hdmi_spd_infoframe * frame, void * buffer, size_t size)¶
- check a HDMI SPD infoframe, and write it to binary buffer 
Parameters
- struct hdmi_spd_infoframe * frame
- HDMI SPD infoframe
- void * buffer
- destination buffer
- size_t size
- size of buffer
Description
Validates that the infoframe is consistent and updates derived fields (eg. length) based on other fields, after which it packs the information contained in the frame structure into a binary representation that can be written into the corresponding controller registers. This function also computes the checksum as required by section 5.3.5 of the HDMI 1.4 specification.
Returns the number of bytes packed into the binary buffer or a negative error code on failure.
- 
int hdmi_audio_infoframe_init(struct hdmi_audio_infoframe * frame)¶
- initialize an HDMI audio infoframe 
Parameters
- struct hdmi_audio_infoframe * frame
- HDMI audio infoframe
Description
Returns 0 on success or a negative error code on failure.
- 
int hdmi_audio_infoframe_check(struct hdmi_audio_infoframe * frame)¶
- check a HDMI audio infoframe 
Parameters
- struct hdmi_audio_infoframe * frame
- HDMI audio infoframe
Description
Validates that the infoframe is consistent and updates derived fields (eg. length) based on other fields.
Returns 0 on success or a negative error code on failure.
- 
ssize_t hdmi_audio_infoframe_pack_only(const struct hdmi_audio_infoframe * frame, void * buffer, size_t size)¶
- write HDMI audio infoframe to binary buffer 
Parameters
- const struct hdmi_audio_infoframe * frame
- HDMI audio infoframe
- void * buffer
- destination buffer
- size_t size
- size of buffer
Description
Packs the information contained in the frame structure into a binary representation that can be written into the corresponding controller registers. Also computes the checksum as required by section 5.3.5 of the HDMI 1.4 specification.
Returns the number of bytes packed into the binary buffer or a negative error code on failure.
- 
ssize_t hdmi_audio_infoframe_pack(struct hdmi_audio_infoframe * frame, void * buffer, size_t size)¶
- check a HDMI Audio infoframe, and write it to binary buffer 
Parameters
- struct hdmi_audio_infoframe * frame
- HDMI Audio infoframe
- void * buffer
- destination buffer
- size_t size
- size of buffer
Description
Validates that the infoframe is consistent and updates derived fields (eg. length) based on other fields, after which it packs the information contained in the frame structure into a binary representation that can be written into the corresponding controller registers. This function also computes the checksum as required by section 5.3.5 of the HDMI 1.4 specification.
Returns the number of bytes packed into the binary buffer or a negative error code on failure.
- 
int hdmi_vendor_infoframe_init(struct hdmi_vendor_infoframe * frame)¶
- initialize an HDMI vendor infoframe 
Parameters
- struct hdmi_vendor_infoframe * frame
- HDMI vendor infoframe
Description
Returns 0 on success or a negative error code on failure.
- 
int hdmi_vendor_infoframe_check(struct hdmi_vendor_infoframe * frame)¶
- check a HDMI vendor infoframe 
Parameters
- struct hdmi_vendor_infoframe * frame
- HDMI infoframe
Description
Validates that the infoframe is consistent and updates derived fields (eg. length) based on other fields.
Returns 0 on success or a negative error code on failure.
- 
ssize_t hdmi_vendor_infoframe_pack_only(const struct hdmi_vendor_infoframe * frame, void * buffer, size_t size)¶
- write a HDMI vendor infoframe to binary buffer 
Parameters
- const struct hdmi_vendor_infoframe * frame
- HDMI infoframe
- void * buffer
- destination buffer
- size_t size
- size of buffer
Description
Packs the information contained in the frame structure into a binary representation that can be written into the corresponding controller registers. Also computes the checksum as required by section 5.3.5 of the HDMI 1.4 specification.
Returns the number of bytes packed into the binary buffer or a negative error code on failure.
- 
ssize_t hdmi_vendor_infoframe_pack(struct hdmi_vendor_infoframe * frame, void * buffer, size_t size)¶
- check a HDMI Vendor infoframe, and write it to binary buffer 
Parameters
- struct hdmi_vendor_infoframe * frame
- HDMI Vendor infoframe
- void * buffer
- destination buffer
- size_t size
- size of buffer
Description
Validates that the infoframe is consistent and updates derived fields (eg. length) based on other fields, after which it packs the information contained in the frame structure into a binary representation that can be written into the corresponding controller registers. This function also computes the checksum as required by section 5.3.5 of the HDMI 1.4 specification.
Returns the number of bytes packed into the binary buffer or a negative error code on failure.
- 
int hdmi_drm_infoframe_init(struct hdmi_drm_infoframe * frame)¶
- initialize an HDMI Dynaminc Range and mastering infoframe 
Parameters
- struct hdmi_drm_infoframe * frame
- HDMI DRM infoframe
Description
Returns 0 on success or a negative error code on failure.
- 
int hdmi_drm_infoframe_check(struct hdmi_drm_infoframe * frame)¶
- check a HDMI DRM infoframe 
Parameters
- struct hdmi_drm_infoframe * frame
- HDMI DRM infoframe
Description
Validates that the infoframe is consistent. Returns 0 on success or a negative error code on failure.
- 
ssize_t hdmi_drm_infoframe_pack_only(const struct hdmi_drm_infoframe * frame, void * buffer, size_t size)¶
- write HDMI DRM infoframe to binary buffer 
Parameters
- const struct hdmi_drm_infoframe * frame
- HDMI DRM infoframe
- void * buffer
- destination buffer
- size_t size
- size of buffer
Description
Packs the information contained in the frame structure into a binary representation that can be written into the corresponding controller registers. Also computes the checksum as required by section 5.3.5 of the HDMI 1.4 specification.
Returns the number of bytes packed into the binary buffer or a negative error code on failure.
- 
ssize_t hdmi_drm_infoframe_pack(struct hdmi_drm_infoframe * frame, void * buffer, size_t size)¶
- check a HDMI DRM infoframe, and write it to binary buffer 
Parameters
- struct hdmi_drm_infoframe * frame
- HDMI DRM infoframe
- void * buffer
- destination buffer
- size_t size
- size of buffer
Description
Validates that the infoframe is consistent and updates derived fields (eg. length) based on other fields, after which it packs the information contained in the frame structure into a binary representation that can be written into the corresponding controller registers. This function also computes the checksum as required by section 5.3.5 of the HDMI 1.4 specification.
Returns the number of bytes packed into the binary buffer or a negative error code on failure.
- 
int hdmi_infoframe_check(union hdmi_infoframe * frame)¶
- check a HDMI infoframe 
Parameters
- union hdmi_infoframe * frame
- HDMI infoframe
Description
Validates that the infoframe is consistent and updates derived fields (eg. length) based on other fields.
Returns 0 on success or a negative error code on failure.
- 
ssize_t hdmi_infoframe_pack_only(const union hdmi_infoframe * frame, void * buffer, size_t size)¶
- write a HDMI infoframe to binary buffer 
Parameters
- const union hdmi_infoframe * frame
- HDMI infoframe
- void * buffer
- destination buffer
- size_t size
- size of buffer
Description
Packs the information contained in the frame structure into a binary representation that can be written into the corresponding controller registers. Also computes the checksum as required by section 5.3.5 of the HDMI 1.4 specification.
Returns the number of bytes packed into the binary buffer or a negative error code on failure.
- 
ssize_t hdmi_infoframe_pack(union hdmi_infoframe * frame, void * buffer, size_t size)¶
- check a HDMI infoframe, and write it to binary buffer 
Parameters
- union hdmi_infoframe * frame
- HDMI infoframe
- void * buffer
- destination buffer
- size_t size
- size of buffer
Description
Validates that the infoframe is consistent and updates derived fields (eg. length) based on other fields, after which it packs the information contained in the frame structure into a binary representation that can be written into the corresponding controller registers. This function also computes the checksum as required by section 5.3.5 of the HDMI 1.4 specification.
Returns the number of bytes packed into the binary buffer or a negative error code on failure.
- 
void hdmi_infoframe_log(const char * level, struct device * dev, const union hdmi_infoframe * frame)¶
- log info of HDMI infoframe 
Parameters
- const char * level
- logging level
- struct device * dev
- device
- const union hdmi_infoframe * frame
- HDMI infoframe
- 
int hdmi_infoframe_unpack(union hdmi_infoframe * frame, const void * buffer, size_t size)¶
- unpack binary buffer to a HDMI infoframe 
Parameters
- union hdmi_infoframe * frame
- HDMI infoframe
- const void * buffer
- source buffer
- size_t size
- size of buffer
Description
Unpacks the information contained in binary buffer buffer into a structured frame of a HDMI infoframe. Also verifies the checksum as required by section 5.3.5 of the HDMI 1.4 specification.
Returns 0 on success or a negative error code on failure.
Rectangle Utilities Reference¶
Utility functions to help manage rectangular areas for clipping, scaling, etc. calculations.
- 
struct drm_rect¶
- two dimensional rectangle 
Definition
struct drm_rect {
  int x1, y1, x2, y2;
};
Members
- x1
- horizontal starting coordinate (inclusive)
- y1
- vertical starting coordinate (inclusive)
- x2
- horizontal ending coordinate (exclusive)
- y2
- vertical ending coordinate (exclusive)
- 
DRM_RECT_FMT()¶
- printf string for - struct drm_rect
Parameters
- 
DRM_RECT_ARG(r)¶
- printf arguments for - struct drm_rect
Parameters
- r
- rectangle struct
- 
DRM_RECT_FP_FMT()¶
- printf string for - struct drm_rectin 16.16 fixed point
Parameters
- 
DRM_RECT_FP_ARG(r)¶
- printf arguments for - struct drm_rectin 16.16 fixed point
Parameters
- r
- rectangle struct
Description
This is useful for e.g. printing plane source rectangles, which are in 16.16 fixed point.
- 
void drm_rect_init(struct drm_rect * r, int x, int y, int width, int height)¶
- initialize the rectangle from x/y/w/h 
Parameters
- struct drm_rect * r
- rectangle
- int x
- x coordinate
- int y
- y coordinate
- int width
- width
- int height
- height
Parameters
- struct drm_rect * r
- rectangle to be adjusted
- int dw
- horizontal adjustment
- int dh
- vertical adjustment
Description
Change the size of rectangle r by dw in the horizontal direction, and by dh in the vertical direction, while keeping the center of r stationary.
Positive dw and dh increase the size, negative values decrease it.
Parameters
- struct drm_rect * r
- rectangle to be tranlated
- int dx
- horizontal translation
- int dy
- vertical translation
Description
Move rectangle r by dx in the horizontal direction, and by dy in the vertical direction.
- 
void drm_rect_translate_to(struct drm_rect * r, int x, int y)¶
- translate the rectangle to an absolute position 
Parameters
- struct drm_rect * r
- rectangle to be tranlated
- int x
- horizontal position
- int y
- vertical position
Description
Move rectangle r to x in the horizontal direction, and to y in the vertical direction.
Parameters
- struct drm_rect * r
- rectangle to be downscaled
- int horz
- horizontal downscale factor
- int vert
- vertical downscale factor
Description
Divide the coordinates of rectangle r by horz and vert.
Parameters
- const struct drm_rect * r
- rectangle whose width is returned
Return
The width of the rectangle.
Parameters
- const struct drm_rect * r
- rectangle whose height is returned
Return
The height of the rectangle.
Parameters
- const struct drm_rect * r
- rectangle whose visibility is returned
Return
true if the rectangle is visible, false otherwise.
- 
bool drm_rect_equals(const struct drm_rect * r1, const struct drm_rect * r2)¶
- determine if two rectangles are equal 
Parameters
- const struct drm_rect * r1
- first rectangle
- const struct drm_rect * r2
- second rectangle
Return
true if the rectangles are equal, false otherwise.
Parameters
- struct drm_rect * r1
- first rectangle
- const struct drm_rect * r2
- second rectangle
Description
Calculate the intersection of rectangles r1 and r2. r1 will be overwritten with the intersection.
Return
true if rectangle r1 is still visible after the operation,
false otherwise.
- 
bool drm_rect_clip_scaled(struct drm_rect * src, struct drm_rect * dst, const struct drm_rect * clip)¶
- perform a scaled clip operation 
Parameters
- struct drm_rect * src
- source window rectangle
- struct drm_rect * dst
- destination window rectangle
- const struct drm_rect * clip
- clip rectangle
Description
Clip rectangle dst by rectangle clip. Clip rectangle src by the same amounts multiplied by hscale and vscale.
Return
true if rectangle dst is still visible after being clipped,
false otherwise
- 
int drm_rect_calc_hscale(const struct drm_rect * src, const struct drm_rect * dst, int min_hscale, int max_hscale)¶
- calculate the horizontal scaling factor 
Parameters
- const struct drm_rect * src
- source window rectangle
- const struct drm_rect * dst
- destination window rectangle
- int min_hscale
- minimum allowed horizontal scaling factor
- int max_hscale
- maximum allowed horizontal scaling factor
Description
Calculate the horizontal scaling factor as (src width) / (dst width).
If the scale is below 1 << 16, round down. If the scale is above 1 << 16, round up. This will calculate the scale with the most pessimistic limit calculation.
Return
The horizontal scaling factor, or errno of out of limits.
- 
int drm_rect_calc_vscale(const struct drm_rect * src, const struct drm_rect * dst, int min_vscale, int max_vscale)¶
- calculate the vertical scaling factor 
Parameters
- const struct drm_rect * src
- source window rectangle
- const struct drm_rect * dst
- destination window rectangle
- int min_vscale
- minimum allowed vertical scaling factor
- int max_vscale
- maximum allowed vertical scaling factor
Description
Calculate the vertical scaling factor as (src height) / (dst height).
If the scale is below 1 << 16, round down. If the scale is above 1 << 16, round up. This will calculate the scale with the most pessimistic limit calculation.
Return
The vertical scaling factor, or errno of out of limits.
- 
void drm_rect_debug_print(const char * prefix, const struct drm_rect * r, bool fixed_point)¶
- print the rectangle information 
Parameters
- const char * prefix
- prefix string
- const struct drm_rect * r
- rectangle to print
- bool fixed_point
- rectangle is in 16.16 fixed point format
- 
void drm_rect_rotate(struct drm_rect * r, int width, int height, unsigned int rotation)¶
- Rotate the rectangle 
Parameters
- struct drm_rect * r
- rectangle to be rotated
- int width
- Width of the coordinate space
- int height
- Height of the coordinate space
- unsigned int rotation
- Transformation to be applied
Description
Apply rotation to the coordinates of rectangle r.
width and height combined with rotation define the location of the new origin.
width correcsponds to the horizontal and height to the vertical axis of the untransformed coordinate space.
- 
void drm_rect_rotate_inv(struct drm_rect * r, int width, int height, unsigned int rotation)¶
- Inverse rotate the rectangle 
Parameters
- struct drm_rect * r
- rectangle to be rotated
- int width
- Width of the coordinate space
- int height
- Height of the coordinate space
- unsigned int rotation
- Transformation whose inverse is to be applied
Description
Apply the inverse of rotation to the coordinates of rectangle r.
width and height combined with rotation define the location of the new origin.
width correcsponds to the horizontal and height to the vertical axis of the original untransformed coordinate space, so that you never have to flip them when doing a rotatation and its inverse. That is, if you do
drm_rect_rotate(&r, width, height, rotation);
drm_rect_rotate_inv(&r, width, height, rotation);
you will always get back the original rectangle.
Flip-work Helper Reference¶
Util to queue up work to run from work-queue context after flip/vblank. Typically this can be used to defer unref of framebuffer’s, cursor bo’s, etc until after vblank. The APIs are all thread-safe. Moreover, drm_flip_work_queue_task and drm_flip_work_queue can be called in atomic context.
- 
struct drm_flip_task¶
- flip work task 
Definition
struct drm_flip_task {
  struct list_head node;
  void *data;
};
Members
- node
- list entry element
- data
- data to pass to drm_flip_work.func
- 
struct drm_flip_work¶
- flip work queue 
Definition
struct drm_flip_work {
  const char *name;
  drm_flip_func_t func;
  struct work_struct worker;
  struct list_head queued;
  struct list_head commited;
  spinlock_t lock;
};
Members
- name
- debug name
- func
- callback fxn called for each committed item
- worker
- worker which calls func
- queued
- queued tasks
- commited
- commited tasks
- lock
- lock to access queued and commited lists
- 
struct drm_flip_task * drm_flip_work_allocate_task(void * data, gfp_t flags)¶
- allocate a flip-work task 
Parameters
- void * data
- data associated to the task
- gfp_t flags
- allocator flags
Description
Allocate a drm_flip_task object and attach private data to it.
- 
void drm_flip_work_queue_task(struct drm_flip_work * work, struct drm_flip_task * task)¶
- queue a specific task 
Parameters
- struct drm_flip_work * work
- the flip-work
- struct drm_flip_task * task
- the task to handle
Description
Queues task, that will later be run (passed back to drm_flip_func_t
func) on a work queue after drm_flip_work_commit() is called.
- 
void drm_flip_work_queue(struct drm_flip_work * work, void * val)¶
- queue work 
Parameters
- struct drm_flip_work * work
- the flip-work
- void * val
- the value to queue
Description
Queues work, that will later be run (passed back to drm_flip_func_t
func) on a work queue after drm_flip_work_commit() is called.
- 
void drm_flip_work_commit(struct drm_flip_work * work, struct workqueue_struct * wq)¶
- commit queued work 
Parameters
- struct drm_flip_work * work
- the flip-work
- struct workqueue_struct * wq
- the work-queue to run the queued work on
Description
Trigger work previously queued by drm_flip_work_queue() to run
on a workqueue.  The typical usage would be to queue work (via
drm_flip_work_queue()) at any point (from vblank irq and/or
prior), and then from vblank irq commit the queued work.
- 
void drm_flip_work_init(struct drm_flip_work * work, const char * name, drm_flip_func_t func)¶
- initialize flip-work 
Parameters
- struct drm_flip_work * work
- the flip-work to initialize
- const char * name
- debug name
- drm_flip_func_t func
- the callback work function
Description
Initializes/allocates resources for the flip-work
- 
void drm_flip_work_cleanup(struct drm_flip_work * work)¶
- cleans up flip-work 
Parameters
- struct drm_flip_work * work
- the flip-work to cleanup
Description
Destroy resources allocated for the flip-work
Auxiliary Modeset Helpers¶
This helper library contains various one-off functions which don’t really fit anywhere else in the DRM modeset helper library.
- 
void drm_helper_move_panel_connectors_to_head(struct drm_device * dev)¶
- move panels to the front in the connector list 
Parameters
- struct drm_device * dev
- drm device to operate on
Description
Some userspace presumes that the first connected connector is the main display, where it’s supposed to display e.g. the login screen. For laptops, this should be the main panel. Use this function to sort all (eDP/LVDS/DSI) panels to the front of the connector list, instead of painstakingly trying to initialize them in the right order.
- 
void drm_helper_mode_fill_fb_struct(struct drm_device * dev, struct drm_framebuffer * fb, const struct drm_mode_fb_cmd2 * mode_cmd)¶
- fill out framebuffer metadata 
Parameters
- struct drm_device * dev
- DRM device
- struct drm_framebuffer * fb
- drm_framebuffer object to fill out
- const struct drm_mode_fb_cmd2 * mode_cmd
- metadata from the userspace fb creation request
Description
This helper can be used in a drivers fb_create callback to pre-fill the fb’s metadata fields.
- 
int drm_crtc_init(struct drm_device * dev, struct drm_crtc * crtc, const struct drm_crtc_funcs * funcs)¶
- Legacy CRTC initialization function 
Parameters
- struct drm_device * dev
- DRM device
- struct drm_crtc * crtc
- CRTC object to init
- const struct drm_crtc_funcs * funcs
- callbacks for the new CRTC
Description
Initialize a CRTC object with a default helper-provided primary plane and no cursor plane.
Note that we make some assumptions about hardware limitations that may not be true for all hardware:
- Primary plane cannot be repositioned.
- Primary plane cannot be scaled.
- Primary plane must cover the entire CRTC.
- Subpixel positioning is not supported.
- The primary plane must always be on if the CRTC is enabled.
This is purely a backwards compatibility helper for old drivers. Drivers
should instead implement their own primary plane. Atomic drivers must do so.
Drivers with the above hardware restriction can look into using struct
drm_simple_display_pipe, which encapsulates the above limitations into a nice
interface.
Return
Zero on success, error code on failure.
- 
int drm_mode_config_helper_suspend(struct drm_device * dev)¶
- Modeset suspend helper 
Parameters
- struct drm_device * dev
- DRM device
Description
This helper function takes care of suspending the modeset side. It disables
output polling if initialized, suspends fbdev if used and finally calls
drm_atomic_helper_suspend().
If suspending fails, fbdev and polling is re-enabled.
Return
Zero on success, negative error code on error.
See also:
drm_kms_helper_poll_disable() and drm_fb_helper_set_suspend_unlocked().
- 
int drm_mode_config_helper_resume(struct drm_device * dev)¶
- Modeset resume helper 
Parameters
- struct drm_device * dev
- DRM device
Description
This helper function takes care of resuming the modeset side. It calls
drm_atomic_helper_resume(), resumes fbdev if used and enables output polling
if initiaized.
Return
Zero on success, negative error code on error.
See also:
drm_fb_helper_set_suspend_unlocked() and drm_kms_helper_poll_enable().
OF/DT Helpers¶
A set of helper functions to aid DRM drivers in parsing standard DT properties.
- 
uint32_t drm_of_crtc_port_mask(struct drm_device * dev, struct device_node * port)¶
- find the mask of a registered CRTC by port OF node 
Parameters
- struct drm_device * dev
- DRM device
- struct device_node * port
- port OF node
Description
Given a port OF node, return the possible mask of the corresponding CRTC within a device’s list of CRTCs. Returns zero if not found.
- 
uint32_t drm_of_find_possible_crtcs(struct drm_device * dev, struct device_node * port)¶
- find the possible CRTCs for an encoder port 
Parameters
- struct drm_device * dev
- DRM device
- struct device_node * port
- encoder port to scan for endpoints
Description
Scan all endpoints attached to a port, locate their attached CRTCs, and generate the DRM mask of CRTCs which may be attached to this encoder.
See Documentation/devicetree/bindings/graph.txt for the bindings.
- 
void drm_of_component_match_add(struct device * master, struct component_match ** matchptr, int (*compare) (struct device *, void *, struct device_node * node)¶
- Add a component helper OF node match rule 
Parameters
- struct device * master
- master device
- struct component_match ** matchptr
- component match pointer
- int (*)(struct device *, void *) compare
- compare function used for matching component
- struct device_node * node
- of_node
- 
int drm_of_component_probe(struct device * dev, int (*compare_of) (struct device *, void *, const struct component_master_ops * m_ops)¶
- Generic probe function for a component based master 
Parameters
- struct device * dev
- master device containing the OF node
- int (*)(struct device *, void *) compare_of
- compare function used for matching components
- const struct component_master_ops * m_ops
- component master ops to be used
Description
Parse the platform device OF node and bind all the components associated with the master. Interface ports are added before the encoders in order to satisfy their .bind requirements See Documentation/devicetree/bindings/graph.txt for the bindings.
Returns zero if successful, or one of the standard error codes if it fails.
- 
int drm_of_find_panel_or_bridge(const struct device_node * np, int port, int endpoint, struct drm_panel ** panel, struct drm_bridge ** bridge)¶
- return connected panel or bridge device 
Parameters
- const struct device_node * np
- device tree node containing encoder output ports
- int port
- port in the device tree node
- int endpoint
- endpoint in the device tree node
- struct drm_panel ** panel
- pointer to hold returned drm_panel
- struct drm_bridge ** bridge
- pointer to hold returned drm_bridge
Description
Given a DT node’s port and endpoint number, find the connected node and return either the associated struct drm_panel or drm_bridge device. Either panel or bridge must not be NULL.
Returns zero if successful, or one of the standard error codes if it fails.
Legacy Plane Helper Reference¶
This helper library has two parts. The first part has support to implement
primary plane support on top of the normal CRTC configuration interface.
Since the legacy drm_mode_config_funcs.set_config interface ties the primary
plane together with the CRTC state this does not allow userspace to disable
the primary plane itself. The default primary plane only expose XRBG8888 and
ARGB8888 as valid pixel formats for the attached framebuffer.
Drivers are highly recommended to implement proper support for primary planes, and newly merged drivers must not rely upon these transitional helpers.
The second part also implements transitional helpers which allow drivers to gradually switch to the atomic helper infrastructure for plane updates. Once that switch is complete drivers shouldn’t use these any longer, instead using the proper legacy implementations for update and disable plane hooks provided by the atomic helpers.
Again drivers are strongly urged to switch to the new interfaces.
The plane helpers share the function table structures with other helpers,
specifically also the atomic helpers. See struct drm_plane_helper_funcs for
the details.
Parameters
- struct drm_plane * plane
- plane to destroy
Description
Provides a default plane destroy handler for primary planes. This handler is called during CRTC destruction. We disable the primary plane, remove it from the DRM plane list, and deallocate the plane structure.
Legacy CRTC/Modeset Helper Functions Reference¶
The CRTC modeset helper library provides a default set_config implementation
in drm_crtc_helper_set_config(). Plus a few other convenience functions using
the same callbacks which drivers can use to e.g. restore the modeset
configuration on resume with drm_helper_resume_force_mode().
Note that this helper library doesn’t track the current power state of CRTCs
and encoders. It can call callbacks like drm_encoder_helper_funcs.dpms even
though the hardware is already in the desired state. This deficiency has been
fixed in the atomic helpers.
The driver callbacks are mostly compatible with the atomic modeset helpers, except for the handling of the primary plane: Atomic helpers require that the primary plane is implemented as a real standalone plane and not directly tied to the CRTC state. For easier transition this library provides functions to implement the old semantics required by the CRTC helpers using the new plane and atomic helper callbacks.
Drivers are strongly urged to convert to the atomic helpers (by way of first converting to the plane helpers). New drivers must not use these functions but need to implement the atomic interface instead, potentially using the atomic helpers for that.
These legacy modeset helpers use the same function table structures as
all other modesetting helpers. See the documentation for struct
drm_crtc_helper_funcs, struct drm_encoder_helper_funcs and struct
drm_connector_helper_funcs.
- 
bool drm_helper_encoder_in_use(struct drm_encoder * encoder)¶
- check if a given encoder is in use 
Parameters
- struct drm_encoder * encoder
- encoder to check
Description
Checks whether encoder is with the current mode setting output configuration in use by any connector. This doesn’t mean that it is actually enabled since the DPMS state is tracked separately.
Return
True if encoder is used, false otherwise.
Parameters
- struct drm_crtc * crtc
- CRTC to check
Description
Checks whether crtc is with the current mode setting output configuration in use by any connector. This doesn’t mean that it is actually enabled since the DPMS state is tracked separately.
Return
True if crtc is used, false otherwise.
- 
void drm_helper_disable_unused_functions(struct drm_device * dev)¶
- disable unused objects 
Parameters
- struct drm_device * dev
- DRM device
Description
This function walks through the entire mode setting configuration of dev. It will remove any CRTC links of unused encoders and encoder links of disconnected connectors. Then it will disable all unused encoders and CRTCs either by calling their disable callback if available or by calling their dpms callback with DRM_MODE_DPMS_OFF.
NOTE
This function is part of the legacy modeset helper library and will cause
major confusion with atomic drivers. This is because atomic helpers guarantee
to never call ->disable() hooks on a disabled function, or ->enable() hooks
on an enabled functions. drm_helper_disable_unused_functions() on the other
hand throws such guarantees into the wind and calls disable hooks
unconditionally on unused functions.
- 
bool drm_crtc_helper_set_mode(struct drm_crtc * crtc, struct drm_display_mode * mode, int x, int y, struct drm_framebuffer * old_fb)¶
- internal helper to set a mode 
Parameters
- struct drm_crtc * crtc
- CRTC to program
- struct drm_display_mode * mode
- mode to use
- int x
- horizontal offset into the surface
- int y
- vertical offset into the surface
- struct drm_framebuffer * old_fb
- old framebuffer, for cleanup
Description
Try to set mode on crtc.  Give crtc and its associated connectors a chance
to fixup or reject the mode prior to trying to set it. This is an internal
helper that drivers could e.g. use to update properties that require the
entire output pipe to be disabled and re-enabled in a new configuration. For
example for changing whether audio is enabled on a hdmi link or for changing
panel fitter or dither attributes. It is also called by the
drm_crtc_helper_set_config() helper function to drive the mode setting
sequence.
Return
True if the mode was set successfully, false otherwise.
- 
int drm_crtc_helper_set_config(struct drm_mode_set * set, struct drm_modeset_acquire_ctx * ctx)¶
- set a new config from userspace 
Parameters
- struct drm_mode_set * set
- mode set configuration
- struct drm_modeset_acquire_ctx * ctx
- lock acquire context, not used here
Description
The drm_crtc_helper_set_config() helper function implements the of
drm_crtc_funcs.set_config callback for drivers using the legacy CRTC
helpers.
It first tries to locate the best encoder for each connector by calling the connector drm_connector_helper_funcs.best_encoder helper operation.
After locating the appropriate encoders, the helper function will call the mode_fixup encoder and CRTC helper operations to adjust the requested mode, or reject it completely in which case an error will be returned to the application. If the new configuration after mode adjustment is identical to the current configuration the helper function will return without performing any other operation.
If the adjusted mode is identical to the current mode but changes to the
frame buffer need to be applied, the drm_crtc_helper_set_config() function
will call the CRTC drm_crtc_helper_funcs.mode_set_base helper operation.
If the adjusted mode differs from the current mode, or if the
->mode_set_base() helper operation is not provided, the helper function
performs a full mode set sequence by calling the ->prepare(), ->mode_set()
and ->commit() CRTC and encoder helper operations, in that order.
Alternatively it can also use the dpms and disable helper operations. For
details see struct drm_crtc_helper_funcs and struct
drm_encoder_helper_funcs.
This function is deprecated.  New drivers must implement atomic modeset
support, for which this function is unsuitable. Instead drivers should use
drm_atomic_helper_set_config().
Return
Returns 0 on success, negative errno numbers on failure.
- 
int drm_helper_connector_dpms(struct drm_connector * connector, int mode)¶
- connector dpms helper implementation 
Parameters
- struct drm_connector * connector
- affected connector
- int mode
- DPMS mode
Description
The drm_helper_connector_dpms() helper function implements the
drm_connector_funcs.dpms callback for drivers using the legacy CRTC
helpers.
This is the main helper function provided by the CRTC helper framework for
implementing the DPMS connector attribute. It computes the new desired DPMS
state for all encoders and CRTCs in the output mesh and calls the
drm_crtc_helper_funcs.dpms and drm_encoder_helper_funcs.dpms callbacks
provided by the driver.
This function is deprecated. New drivers must implement atomic modeset support, where DPMS is handled in the DRM core.
Return
Always returns 0.
- 
void drm_helper_resume_force_mode(struct drm_device * dev)¶
- force-restore mode setting configuration 
Parameters
- struct drm_device * dev
- drm_device which should be restored
Description
Drivers which use the mode setting helpers can use this function to force-restore the mode setting configuration e.g. on resume or when something else might have trampled over the hw state (like some overzealous old BIOSen tended to do).
This helper doesn’t provide a error return value since restoring the old config should never fail due to resource allocation issues since the driver has successfully set the restored configuration already. Hence this should boil down to the equivalent of a few dpms on calls, which also don’t provide an error code.
Drivers where simply restoring an old configuration again might fail (e.g. due to slight differences in allocating shared resources when the configuration is restored in a different order than when userspace set it up) need to use their own restore logic.
This function is deprecated. New drivers should implement atomic mode- setting and use the atomic suspend/resume helpers.
See also:
drm_atomic_helper_suspend(), drm_atomic_helper_resume()
- 
int drm_helper_force_disable_all(struct drm_device * dev)¶
- Forcibly turn off all enabled CRTCs 
Parameters
- struct drm_device * dev
- DRM device whose CRTCs to turn off
Description
Drivers may want to call this on unload to ensure that all displays are unlit and the GPU is in a consistent, low power state. Takes modeset locks.
Note
This should only be used by non-atomic legacy drivers. For an atomic
version look at drm_atomic_helper_shutdown().
Return
Zero on success, error code on failure.
SHMEM GEM Helper Reference¶
This library provides helpers for GEM objects backed by shmem buffers allocated using anonymous pageable memory.
- 
struct drm_gem_shmem_object¶
- GEM object backed by shmem 
Definition
struct drm_gem_shmem_object {
  struct drm_gem_object base;
  struct mutex pages_lock;
  struct page **pages;
  unsigned int pages_use_count;
  int madv;
  struct list_head madv_list;
  unsigned int pages_mark_dirty_on_put    : 1;
  unsigned int pages_mark_accessed_on_put : 1;
  struct sg_table *sgt;
  struct mutex vmap_lock;
  void *vaddr;
  unsigned int vmap_use_count;
};
Members
- base
- Base GEM object
- pages_lock
- Protects the page table and use count
- pages
- Page table
- pages_use_count
- Reference count on the pages table. The pages are put when the count reaches zero.
- madv
- State for madvise - 0 is active/inuse. A negative value is the object is purged. Positive values are driver specific and not used by the helpers. 
- madv_list
- List entry for madvise tracking - Typically used by drivers to track purgeable objects 
- pages_mark_dirty_on_put
- Mark pages as dirty when they are put.
- pages_mark_accessed_on_put
- Mark pages as accessed when they are put.
- sgt
- Scatter/gather table for imported PRIME buffers
- vmap_lock
- Protects the vmap address and use count
- vaddr
- Kernel virtual address of the backing memory
- vmap_use_count
- Reference count on the virtual address. The address are un-mapped when the count reaches zero.
- 
DRM_GEM_SHMEM_DRIVER_OPS()¶
- Default shmem GEM operations 
Parameters
Description
This macro provides a shortcut for setting the shmem GEM operations in
the drm_driver structure.
- 
struct drm_gem_shmem_object * drm_gem_shmem_create(struct drm_device * dev, size_t size)¶
- Allocate an object with the given size 
Parameters
- struct drm_device * dev
- DRM device
- size_t size
- Size of the object to allocate
Description
This function creates a shmem GEM object.
Return
A struct drm_gem_shmem_object * on success or an ERR_PTR()-encoded negative error code on failure.
- 
void drm_gem_shmem_free_object(struct drm_gem_object * obj)¶
- Free resources associated with a shmem GEM object 
Parameters
- struct drm_gem_object * obj
- GEM object to free
Description
This function cleans up the GEM object state and frees the memory used to store the object itself.
- 
int drm_gem_shmem_pin(struct drm_gem_object * obj)¶
- Pin backing pages for a shmem GEM object 
Parameters
- struct drm_gem_object * obj
- GEM object
Description
This function makes sure the backing pages are pinned in memory while the buffer is exported.
Return
0 on success or a negative error code on failure.
- 
void drm_gem_shmem_unpin(struct drm_gem_object * obj)¶
- Unpin backing pages for a shmem GEM object 
Parameters
- struct drm_gem_object * obj
- GEM object
Description
This function removes the requirement that the backing pages are pinned in memory.
- 
int drm_gem_shmem_dumb_create(struct drm_file * file, struct drm_device * dev, struct drm_mode_create_dumb * args)¶
- Create a dumb shmem buffer object 
Parameters
- struct drm_file * file
- DRM file structure to create the dumb buffer for
- struct drm_device * dev
- DRM device
- struct drm_mode_create_dumb * args
- IOCTL data
Description
This function computes the pitch of the dumb buffer and rounds it up to an
integer number of bytes per pixel. Drivers for hardware that doesn’t have
any additional restrictions on the pitch can directly use this function as
their drm_driver.dumb_create callback.
For hardware with additional restrictions, drivers can adjust the fields set up by userspace before calling into this function.
Return
0 on success or a negative error code on failure.
- 
int drm_gem_shmem_mmap(struct drm_gem_object * obj, struct vm_area_struct * vma)¶
- Memory-map a shmem GEM object 
Parameters
- struct drm_gem_object * obj
- gem object
- struct vm_area_struct * vma
- VMA for the area to be mapped
Description
This function implements an augmented version of the GEM DRM file mmap
operation for shmem objects. Drivers which employ the shmem helpers should
use this function as their drm_gem_object_funcs.mmap handler.
Return
0 on success or a negative error code on failure.
- 
void drm_gem_shmem_print_info(struct drm_printer * p, unsigned int indent, const struct drm_gem_object * obj)¶
- Print - drm_gem_shmem_objectinfo for debugfs
Parameters
- struct drm_printer * p
- DRM printer
- unsigned int indent
- Tab indentation level
- const struct drm_gem_object * obj
- GEM object
- 
struct sg_table * drm_gem_shmem_get_sg_table(struct drm_gem_object * obj)¶
- Provide a scatter/gather table of pinned pages for a shmem GEM object 
Parameters
- struct drm_gem_object * obj
- GEM object
Description
This function exports a scatter/gather table suitable for PRIME usage by calling the standard DMA mapping API.
Return
A pointer to the scatter/gather table of pinned pages or NULL on failure.
- 
struct sg_table * drm_gem_shmem_get_pages_sgt(struct drm_gem_object * obj)¶
- Pin pages, dma map them, and return a scatter/gather table for a shmem GEM object. 
Parameters
- struct drm_gem_object * obj
- GEM object
Description
This function returns a scatter/gather table suitable for driver usage. If the sg table doesn’t exist, the pages are pinned, dma-mapped, and a sg table created.
Return
A pointer to the scatter/gather table of pinned pages or errno on failure.
- 
struct drm_gem_object * drm_gem_shmem_prime_import_sg_table(struct drm_device * dev, struct dma_buf_attachment * attach, struct sg_table * sgt)¶
- Produce a shmem GEM object from another driver’s scatter/gather table of pinned pages 
Parameters
- struct drm_device * dev
- Device to import into
- struct dma_buf_attachment * attach
- DMA-BUF attachment
- struct sg_table * sgt
- Scatter/gather table of pinned pages
Description
This function imports a scatter/gather table exported via DMA-BUF by
another driver. Drivers that use the shmem helpers should set this as their
drm_driver.gem_prime_import_sg_table callback.
Return
A pointer to a newly created GEM object or an ERR_PTR-encoded negative error code on failure.